CATEGORIES OF FORAGE CROPS - Department of Plant Sciences
CATEGORIES OF FORAGE CROPS - Department of Plant Sciences
CATEGORIES OF FORAGE CROPS - Department of Plant Sciences
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
<strong>Plant</strong> <strong>Sciences</strong> Handbook<br />
2009 Edition<br />
1
Table <strong>of</strong> Contents<br />
Corn and Sorghum ............................................................. 3<br />
Cotton Production .............................................................. 18<br />
Forages ................................................................................ 54<br />
Gardening............................................................................ 70<br />
Soybean and Oilseed Crops ............................................... 98<br />
Burley Tobacco ................................................................... 110<br />
Turfgrass ............................................................................. 112<br />
Vegetables............................................................................ 131<br />
Wheat ................................................................................... 142<br />
2
Corn and Sorghum<br />
3
Field Corn<br />
Land Selection .....................................................................................................................5<br />
Hybrid Selection .................................................................................................................5<br />
How the Corn <strong>Plant</strong> Grows .................................................................................................6<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates and Rates ....................................................................................................7<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates and Row Widths ..........................................................................................8<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Depths ...................................................................................................................8<br />
Irrigation ..............................................................................................................................8<br />
Estimating Yield Prior to Harvest ......................................................................................10<br />
Harvesting .........................................................................................................................10<br />
Storage ..............................................................................................................................11<br />
Marketing ..........................................................................................................................11<br />
Corn Facts .........................................................................................................................11<br />
USDA Grade Requirements ..............................................................................................12<br />
Moisture Conversion Factors ............................................................................................13<br />
Isolation, Maturity and <strong>Plant</strong>ing Date Considerations for Growing White Corn .............13<br />
Grain Sorghum<br />
Land Selection ..................................................................................................................15<br />
Varieties ............................................................................................................................15<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates ...................................................................................................................15<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Depth ..................................................................................................................15<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates ...................................................................................................................15<br />
Fertilization and Liming ...................................................................................................16<br />
Row Width ........................................................................................................................16<br />
Insect Control ....................................................................................................................16<br />
Harvesting .........................................................................................................................17<br />
Storing ...............................................................................................................................17<br />
Marketing ..........................................................................................................................17<br />
4
CORN<br />
Field Corn<br />
(Zea mays)<br />
Corn is an annual. It belongs to the grass family and is a native American crop. The seed weighs<br />
56 pounds per bushel and ear corn 70 to 72 pounds per bushel. Commercial field corn is a hybrid;<br />
therefore, seed from the current year should not be saved for planting the following year.<br />
Emergence time is six to ten days depending on soil temperature.<br />
Land Selection<br />
Select level to slightly sloping land that will supply large amounts <strong>of</strong> moisture in summer. Do not<br />
plant corn on droughty soils which may be steep or shallow or both. Poorly drained bottom soils<br />
are poor choices due to excess spring moisture, which delays planting and increases nitrogen<br />
fertilizer loss.<br />
Hybrid Selection<br />
Corn hybrids are selected based on days to maturity, yield across specific environments, disease<br />
and insect resistance, and sometimes herbicide tolerance.<br />
Maturity Relative maturity means the number <strong>of</strong> days a hybrid takes to reach physiological<br />
maturity (black layer) after emergence. This number is based on designated maturity zones in the<br />
United States. In Tennessee, early-season hybrids reach physiological maturity in
when planting corn in May or later. Newer Bt events provide more armyworm, earworm and<br />
black cutworm protection or control <strong>of</strong> corn rootworm in addition to southwestern and European<br />
corn borer control. Growers who plant Bt hybrids are required to plant a non-Bt refuge. Refuges<br />
are designed to produce insects that are susceptible to the Bt toxins, thus preserving Bt corn<br />
technology and managing resistance development. In cotton-growing counties, growers can plant<br />
up to 50% <strong>of</strong> their acreage in corn borer Bt corn. In non-cotton-growing counties, up to 80% <strong>of</strong><br />
corn acreage can be Bt hybrids. Corn rootworm refuges must be located in the same field or in an<br />
adjacent field separated by a road or ditch. Corn borer refuges can be accomplished by splitting<br />
the planter, alternating refuge strips or placing the refuge field within ½ mile <strong>of</strong> the Bt cornfield.<br />
There are several planting configurations that are acceptable including splitting the planter to<br />
alternate a minimum <strong>of</strong> 4 rows (at least 6 rows preferred) <strong>of</strong> non-Bt corn with a Bt-protected<br />
hybrid.<br />
Herbicide-tolerant hybrids were introduced to producers in the 1990's with tolerance to<br />
postemergence applications <strong>of</strong> selected herbicides:<br />
* Clearfield ® or “IMI” corn– non GMO trait developed by traditional plant breeding, these<br />
hybrids are tolerant to the imidazolinone herbicides Pursuit ® or Lightning ® . Seed is<br />
labeled ‘IT’ for imidazolinone tolerant or ‘IR’ for imidazolinone resistant. IR hybrids have<br />
the most built in herbicide tolerance.<br />
* Liberty Link ® -- Genetically modified to have tolerance to glufosinate (Ignite ® or Liberty ® )<br />
herbicide.<br />
* Roundup Ready ® -- Genetically modified for tolerance to glyphosate. Earliest hybrids<br />
included the GA21 event for glyphosate tolerance. ‘Roundup Ready ® 2' hybrids utilize the<br />
NK603 event, which improves tolerance to glyphosate applications.<br />
How the Corn <strong>Plant</strong> Grows<br />
Vegetative Growth<br />
* Germination occurs at soil temperature >50F with adequate moisture.<br />
* A corn seed absorbs 20-30% <strong>of</strong> its weight in water, swells, the root or radicle elongates and<br />
forms temporary root system<br />
* The coleoptile (contains shoot structure) is pushed through soil by elongation <strong>of</strong> the mesocotyl<br />
below ground..<br />
* The crown or growing point is below ground in young corn and above ground after stalk<br />
elongation.<br />
* New leaves and tassel are formed below ground at the growing point before V6 or stalk<br />
elongation.<br />
* A new leaf emerges every 3-5 days. Each leaf with a visible collar is assigned a ‘V’ number.<br />
* V6-Stalk elongates and growing point is above ground. Corn is usually 12-15" tall.<br />
* V6-V10 – immature kernels are formed at growing point before the ear is visible.<br />
* V12-14 – plant determines ear size (number <strong>of</strong> potential kernels) on immature ear.<br />
* V15-V18 – silks start to grow from immature kernels. Silks grow from base <strong>of</strong> ear first and tip<br />
last.<br />
* VT – tassel completely emerged 2-3 days before silks are visible.<br />
6
Reproductive Growth<br />
* R1- Silking − silks emerge at tips <strong>of</strong> husk and pollination occurs. Silks pollinate at the base <strong>of</strong><br />
the ear first and the tip <strong>of</strong> the ear last.<br />
* Tassel releases pollen for 7-10 days depending on hybrid. Pollen is released in late morning<br />
when temperatures are optimal and humidity is lower.<br />
* R2 − Blister- 85% grain moisture; beginning <strong>of</strong> starch accumulation<br />
* R3 − Milk- milky fluid inside kernel with rapid starch accumulation<br />
* R4 − Dough - 70% grain moisture; cob turns pink or red<br />
* R5 − Full Dent- 55% grain moisture; nearly all kernels dented<br />
* R6 − Physiological Maturity − 30-35% grain moisture; approximately 55-65 days after silking;<br />
The “black layer” forms where kernels attach to the cob indicating plant is no longer sending<br />
nutrients to the kernel; black layer forms at tip kernels first and base kernels last.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates<br />
Corn should be planted when soil temperature reaches 55F at a 2-inch depth by 9 a.m. for three<br />
consecutive days. <strong>Plant</strong> as early as practical for best results. This can be as early as late March to<br />
May 1 in West Tennessee and April 15 to June 1 in East Tennessee and Middle Tennessee. Earlyplanted<br />
corn usually pollinates when soil moisture is more plentiful and temperatures are not<br />
unduly hot.<br />
Areas that commonly become infested with the southwestern corn borer should be planted as<br />
early as practical to minimize crop damage.<br />
The average reduction in grain<br />
yield for delayed planting has<br />
been about one bushel per day for<br />
planting after May 1. In areas<br />
where the southwestern corn borer<br />
infestation is high or Gray Leaf<br />
Spot pressure is great, the average<br />
yield reduction can be more than<br />
one bushel per day.<br />
The average reduction in silage<br />
yield for planting after May 1 has<br />
been about two-tenths ton per day.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates<br />
Seeding rates in corn should be<br />
adjusted to the yield potential <strong>of</strong><br />
the field and the row width.<br />
Irrigated fields can be seeded at<br />
higher rates regardless <strong>of</strong> row<br />
spacing as moisture is not a<br />
limiting factor to production. Seeding rate should be adjusted up in productive fields where the<br />
7
planting date is optimal. Seeding rate should be adjusted down in late planted fields or less<br />
productive soils that yield below 125 bushels.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates and Row Widths<br />
Data does not show consistent large yield increases with the use <strong>of</strong> narrow rows in the Southeast.<br />
The advantage <strong>of</strong> a narrow row is that seeding rates can be increased somewhat because seed<br />
spacing within a row is greater at higher seeding rates. However, soil moisture must be able to<br />
keep up with demand and care should be taken to not over plant dryland corn in narrow or twin<br />
row systems. Producers should use the row width which fits their machinery and adjust their<br />
seeding rate for the yield potential <strong>of</strong> the field. The number <strong>of</strong> plants per acre is more important<br />
than the row widths in most cases.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Depths<br />
<strong>Plant</strong> corn seed at least 2 inches deep under most conditions. In cold, wet ground planting depth<br />
may be adjusted to 1½ inches. Never plant corn shallower than 1½ inches deep.<br />
For lime and fertilizer recommendations, please see the chapter on Soil Fertility and Soil Testing.<br />
Fit Number <strong>of</strong> <strong>Plant</strong>s to Row Spacing Used:<br />
Seeding<br />
Seed Spacing (inches)<br />
Final Stand<br />
Rate<br />
20" rows 30" rows 38" rows 5% loss 10%<br />
loss<br />
24000 13.1 8.7 6.9 22800 21600<br />
26000 12.1 8.0 6.3 24700 23400<br />
28000 11.2 7.5 5.9 26600 25200<br />
30000 10.5 7.0 5.5 28500 27000<br />
32000 9.8 6.5 5.2 30400 28800<br />
34000 9.1 6.1 4.9 32300 30600<br />
Darker-shaded area denotes suggested seeding rate at optimal planting date in productive<br />
fields.<br />
Lighter-shaded area denotes suggested seeding rate at late planting date or in less productive<br />
fields.<br />
Irrigation in Corn<br />
Field corn responds well to irrigation in Tennessee. Corn has a narrow window (approximately 7-<br />
10 days) for tassel emergence and silking, and dry conditions at this time can be very harmful to<br />
yield. Field corn needs between 18 to 22 inches <strong>of</strong> soil moisture during most growing seasons to<br />
achieve maximum yield potential. In Tennessee, fewer than 10% <strong>of</strong> corn acres are irrigated but<br />
interest in supplementing moisture is growing.<br />
8
Terminating Irrigation in Corn<br />
Adequate water is most critical at pollination/silking. Grain fill is the second most critical time to<br />
provide supplemental watering in a dry year. It is vital that adequate water be available as needed<br />
until physiological maturity or ‘black layer’ formation to avoid any late season yield losses. Early<br />
termination <strong>of</strong> irrigation will prohibit kernels from reaching full potential size and weight and<br />
some data indicate 15% or more yield loss when irrigation is terminated too early in hot, dry<br />
conditions. After dent, corn requires less than one inch per week to maintain kernel development<br />
until maturity.<br />
Black layer forms about 60 days after silking when a thin layer <strong>of</strong> cells die where the kernel<br />
attaches to the cob, turning a dark brown color. This process separates the kernel from the cob and<br />
the plant stops sending sugars into the kernels. Irrigation is no longer needed. The black layer can<br />
sometimes be seen visually by breaking a cob in half and gently scraping kernel tissue at the base<br />
(cob end) <strong>of</strong> the kernel where the seed attaches to the cob.<br />
Another way to estimate maturity is to use the starch or ‘milk’ layer <strong>of</strong> kernels to estimate when<br />
black layer will be reached. The milk layer indicates the progression <strong>of</strong> sugar conversion to hard<br />
starch from the top towards the base (cob end) <strong>of</strong> the kernel. It usually takes about 20 days for the<br />
line to progress from the top to base. Break a cob in half and look at the cross section <strong>of</strong> the top<br />
(tip) half <strong>of</strong> the ear (flat side <strong>of</strong> kernels) for the milky line. A milk line about half way down the<br />
kernel indicates black layer should be reached in another 10 days. At black layer, seed moisture is<br />
still high (>30%) requiring time to dry to desired moisture before harvest.<br />
Growth Stage Avg. Water Use<br />
(inches/day)<br />
4-leaf 0.10<br />
12-leaf 0.25<br />
Early tassel 0.32<br />
Silking 0.32<br />
Blister Kernel 0.32<br />
Beginning Dent 0.25<br />
Full Dent 0.20<br />
Black layer 0.10<br />
9
Use the following steps to estimate corn grain yield prior to harvest:<br />
1. Count the number <strong>of</strong> harvestable ears in 1/1000th <strong>of</strong> an acre. Do this in at least 4<br />
areas <strong>of</strong> the field and calculate an average.<br />
Row Spacing Length <strong>of</strong> Row Equal to 1/1000th Acre<br />
(inches)<br />
15 34 ft 10 inches<br />
20 26 ft 2 inches<br />
30 17 ft 5 inches<br />
36 14 ft 6 inches<br />
38 13 ft 9 inches<br />
2. Count the number <strong>of</strong> kernel rows per ear from your locations in Step 1 and<br />
calculate an average.<br />
3. Count the number <strong>of</strong> kernels per row from your locations in Step 1 and calculate<br />
an average. Do not count tip and butt end kernels or kernels that are less than<br />
half size.<br />
4. Yield (bushels/acre) = (average number ears) X (average kernel rows per ear)<br />
X (average kernels per row) X (Seed Weight constant)<br />
Seed Weight Constant:<br />
0.013= Good irrigated corn or corn exposed to little stress<br />
0.01116= Average stress value in an average rainfall situation<br />
0.009= Dryland corn subjected to greater stress<br />
Harvesting<br />
At black layer (about 30% moisture), the corn seed coat or pericarp is s<strong>of</strong>t and prone to mechanical<br />
damage during harvest. Warm, dry weather speeds up the drying rate in the field, while wet, cool<br />
weather or late planting slows down the rate <strong>of</strong> drying in the field. Both pre-harvest and<br />
mechanical losses increase as grain moisture decreases below 20%.<br />
Grain---with heat drying facilities available, harvest at 23 to 25 percent moisture for lowest field<br />
loss when early harvest is desirable.<br />
Without drying facilities, harvest shelled corn closer to 16% moisture. Grain can also be harvested<br />
at a maximum <strong>of</strong> 18 to 20 percent moisture and blended with drier grain to avoid discounts;<br />
harvest ear corn at a maximum <strong>of</strong> 18 to 20 percent moisture.<br />
High moisture corn---For air-tight storage in silos, harvest at 25 to 30 percent moisture or higher<br />
for either ear or shelled corn. This moisture content is needed for good preservation. For<br />
preservation <strong>of</strong> high-moisture corn in open cribs or structures with organic acids, harvest up to 25<br />
10
to 30 percent moisture. The higher the moisture, the more acid it will take to preserve the corn.<br />
Silage---Harvest for silage at the dough to mid dent stage---65 to 70 percent moisture. Check with<br />
a moisture tester for more accurate harvest.<br />
Storage<br />
For safe, long-term storage, shelled corn should be 13 percent moisture or below. Ear corn can be<br />
stored at a slightly higher moisture content in a well-ventilated crib.<br />
Marketing<br />
The maximum allowable moisture content for No. 2 corn is 15.5 percent. Corn sold to the<br />
elevators, etc. with a higher moisture content is usually discounted and sometimes discounts are<br />
taken on corn with a moisture content above 15%. No. 2 grade corn is the general standard for the<br />
corn market.<br />
Corn Facts<br />
1. The growing point inside a corn plant stem is about at the ground level when the corn plant<br />
is 12 to 15 inches tall.<br />
2. Brace roots start forming on the lower nodes usually after tasseling.<br />
3. Pollen from the tassel usually starts shedding two to three days before the first silks are<br />
visible. Pollen shedding continues for five to eight days. A single tassel produces from two<br />
to five million pollen grains.<br />
4. There is a silk for each grain <strong>of</strong> corn on an ear. The average ear has from 500 to 1,000<br />
kernels and silks.<br />
5. The tassel is the male reproductive portion and the ear the female reproductive portion <strong>of</strong><br />
the corn plant.<br />
6. An ear <strong>of</strong> corn has an even number <strong>of</strong> rows <strong>of</strong> kernels about the center <strong>of</strong> the ear. The<br />
average number <strong>of</strong> rows ranges from 16 to 20 in most hybrids.<br />
7. Silks from the base <strong>of</strong> the ear emerge from the shuck first. All silks emerge in three to five<br />
days. The kernels are pollinated at the base <strong>of</strong> the ear first and at the tip last.<br />
8. It is estimated that about 97 percent <strong>of</strong> the kernels on an ear <strong>of</strong> corn are pollinated by other<br />
plants in the field.<br />
9. The silks turn brown as soon as the kernel is pollinated. The pollen lands on the silk and<br />
then produces a tube down the center <strong>of</strong> the silk and pollinates the kernel.<br />
10. About three weeks after pollination the ear is in the “roasting ear” stage.<br />
11
11. A single corn kernel can produce a single ear which has 500 to 1,000 kernels---a<br />
reproduction ratio <strong>of</strong> 1 to 500-1,000.<br />
Grade<br />
USDA GRADE REQUIREMENTS<br />
For Yellow Corn, White Corn and Mixed Corn<br />
Effective October 1, 1958<br />
Minimum<br />
Test Weight<br />
per Bushel<br />
Moisture<br />
MAXIMUM LIMITS <strong>OF</strong><br />
Damaged Kernels<br />
Cracked Total<br />
Corn<br />
Foreign<br />
Material<br />
Heat<br />
Damaged<br />
Pounds Percent Percent Percent Percent<br />
1 56 14.0 2 3 0.1<br />
2 54 15.5 3 5 0.2<br />
3 52 17.5 4 7 0.5<br />
4 49 20.0 5 10 1.0<br />
5 46 23.0 7 15 3.0<br />
SAMPLE: Sample grade shall be corn which does not meet the requirements for any <strong>of</strong> the grades<br />
from No. 1 to No. 5, inclusive, or which contains stones; or which is musty, or sour, or heating; or<br />
which has any commercially objectionable foreign odor; or which is otherwise <strong>of</strong> low quality.<br />
12
MOISTURE CONVERSION FACTORS FOR CORN<br />
To convert bushels (or pounds) <strong>of</strong> corn with X% moisture to bushels (or pounds)<br />
with 15.5% moisture, multiply by the following factors:<br />
%<br />
.0<br />
11<br />
1.053<br />
12<br />
1.041<br />
13<br />
1.030<br />
14<br />
1.018<br />
15<br />
1.006<br />
16<br />
.994<br />
17<br />
.982<br />
18<br />
.970<br />
19<br />
.959<br />
20<br />
.947<br />
.1 1.052 1.040 1.028 1.017 1.005 .993 .981 .969 .957 .946<br />
.2 1.051 1.039 1.027 1.015 1.004 .992 .980 .968 .956 .944<br />
.3 1.050 1.038 1.026 1.014 1.002 .991 .979 .967 .955 .943<br />
.4 1.048 1.037 1.025 1.013 1.001 .989 .977 .966 .954 .942<br />
.5 1.047 1.035 1.024 1.012 1.000 .988 .976 .964 .953 .941<br />
.6 1.046 1.034 1.022 1.011 .999 .987 .975 .963 .951 .940<br />
.7 1.045 1.033 1.021 1.009 .998 .986 .974 .962 .950 .938<br />
.8 1.044 1.032 1.020 1.008 .996 .985 .973 .961 .949 .937<br />
.9 1.043 1.031 1.019 1.007 .995 .983 .972 .960 .948 .936<br />
% 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
0 .935 .923 .911 .899 .888 .876 .864 .852 .840 .828<br />
.1 .934 .922 .910 .898 .886 .875 .863 .851 .839 .827<br />
.2 .933 .921 .909 .897 .885 ..873 .862 .850 .838 .826<br />
.3 .931 .920 .908 .896 .884 .872 .860 .848 .837 .825<br />
.4 .930 .918 .906 .895 .883 .871 .859 .847 .835 .824<br />
.5 .929 .917 .905 .893 .882 .870 .858 .846 .834 .822<br />
.6 .928 ..916 .904 .892 .880 .869 .857 .845 .833 .821<br />
.7 .927 .915 .903 .891 .879 .867 ..856 .844 .832 .820<br />
.8 .925 .914 .902 .890 ..878 .866 .854 .843 .831 .819<br />
.9 .924 .912 .901 .889 .877 .865 .853 .841 .830 .818<br />
% 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40<br />
.0 .817 .805 .793 .781 .769 .758 .747 .735 .724 .713<br />
.1 .815 .804 .792 .780 .768 .757 .746 .734 .723 .712<br />
.2 .814 .802 .791 .779 .767 .756 .745 .733 .722 .711<br />
.3 .813 .801 .789 .777 .766 .755 .743 .732 .721 .710<br />
.4 .812 .800 .788 .776 .765 .754 .742 .731 .720 .709<br />
.5 .811 .799 .787 .775 .764 .753 .741 .730 .719 .708<br />
.6 .809 .798 .786 .774 .763 .752 .740 .729 .718 .707<br />
.7 .808 .796 .785 .773 .762 .751 .738 .727 .716 .706<br />
.8 .807 .795 .783 ..772 .760 .749 .737 .726 .715 .705<br />
.9 .806 .794 .782 .770 .759 .748 .736 .725 .714 .704<br />
Example 1 Corn testing 12.9% moisture --- multiply weight <strong>of</strong> corn by 1.031 to convert to 15.5%<br />
moisture. Example 2 Corn testing 20.1% moisture --- multiply weight <strong>of</strong> corn by .946 to convert.<br />
Isolation, Maturity and <strong>Plant</strong>ing Date Considerations for Growing White Corn<br />
Producers need to know how far white corn should be planted from yellow corn and GMO hybrids<br />
in order to prevent pollen transfer from a GMO hybrid or development <strong>of</strong> yellow grains on the<br />
white corn ears from cross pollination.<br />
13
Several factors affect the transfer <strong>of</strong> pollen from the tassel and the acceptance <strong>of</strong> the pollen by the<br />
silks and the resulting fertilization and formation <strong>of</strong> the grain.<br />
1. The minimum necessary distance between yellow and white corn varieties for certification<br />
is 660 feet. The greater the distance, the less likely pollen from undesirable hybrids will<br />
reach white corn.<br />
a. Put white corn on southwest side <strong>of</strong> yellow corn. Prevailing winds are normally southwest<br />
to northeast and would blow pollen away from white varieties.<br />
b. If yellow corn is planted across the fence by a neighbor, then plant white corn as close as<br />
you can to your property line if you want to produce corn in the field instead <strong>of</strong> leaving a<br />
wide buffer area or planting another crop. The pollen will not blow through a corn field as<br />
easily as it will over a fallow field or short growing crop. At harvest time, check the white<br />
corn ears for yellow kernels and determine how far the yellow pollen contaminated the<br />
corn. Then, start your white corn harvest at the point where the yellow kernels stop.<br />
2. <strong>Plant</strong> a later maturing or earlier maturing white corn variety compared to the yellow corn<br />
variety when planting on the same date.<br />
a. Most <strong>of</strong> the time, tassels will start shedding pollen before the silks come out <strong>of</strong> the shuck.<br />
b. Most <strong>of</strong> the silks will be pollinated rather quickly by the pollen from plants close by and,<br />
therefore, will prevent other pollen from fertilizing the grain. A single tassel will produce<br />
between two and five million pollen grains. An ear <strong>of</strong> corn usually has between 500 and<br />
1,000 kernels per ear.<br />
c. By the difference in maturity dates, white corn can be protected from the yellow pollen due<br />
to either earlier tasseling or later tasseling <strong>of</strong> the yellow corn.<br />
3. <strong>Plant</strong> the same maturity <strong>of</strong> yellow and white corn, but plant the yellow corn at least 7 to 10<br />
days later than the white corn.<br />
Summary<br />
1. <strong>Plant</strong> the white corn on the southwest side <strong>of</strong> yellow corn or on the side <strong>of</strong> the prevailing<br />
winds.<br />
2. <strong>Plant</strong> 600 to 700 feet from yellow corn if possible.<br />
3. Use a different maturity for the yellow and white corns to keep from having the yellow<br />
pollen being shed while the white silks are being pollinated.<br />
4. If the same maturity <strong>of</strong> white and yellow corn is used, delay planting <strong>of</strong> yellow corn 7 to 10<br />
days after white corn is planted.<br />
5. If yellow and white corn are to be planted next to each other then follow the other<br />
suggestions except for distance between yellow and white. Examine the corn before<br />
combining to check to see how far the yellow pollen contaminated the white corn. <strong>Plant</strong><br />
extra rows <strong>of</strong> white corn as border rows to help protect the rest <strong>of</strong> the white corn area.<br />
14
GRAIN SORGHUM<br />
(Sorghum vulgare)<br />
Grain sorghum is an annual. It belongs to the grass family. The seed weight is 56 pounds per<br />
bushel and the emergence time is from five to ten days depending on soil temperature. Grain<br />
sorghum is a good rotational crop because the dense fibrous root system helps stabilize soil and it<br />
is relatively drought tolerant compared to field corn. Sorghum requires less nitrogen fertilizer than<br />
corn, has a shorter growing season and can be an option for double cropping after wheat.<br />
Land Selection<br />
Select land that supplies some moisture in summer. Even though grain sorghum is a relatively<br />
drought resistant plant, it produces higher yields on moist, level areas than on droughty hill<br />
ground. Fields should also be free <strong>of</strong> heavy populations <strong>of</strong> rhizome johnson grass. There are no<br />
herbicides registered for grain sorghum that will manage rhizome johnson grass, which is a host<br />
for insects and diseases that affect sorghum.<br />
Variety Selection<br />
Grain sorghum varieties are developed by plant breeders for grain color and quality, drought<br />
tolerance and disease resistance. Grain color ranges from bronze and red to white/cream. The<br />
white/cream grain sorghum is used in specific human food products. Most sorghum varieties have<br />
limited resistance to stalk diseases and head mold. Azoxystrobin (Quadris) was recently labeled for<br />
prevention <strong>of</strong> leaf and other diseases in sorghum. Varieties sold in Tennessee typically mature in<br />
100 to 128 days. If grain sorghum is planted extremely late, a short season variety should be<br />
considered.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates<br />
<strong>Plant</strong> May 1 to June 15 for best results when soils reach 65 to 70 F. Sorghum does not germinate<br />
well under cool conditions. Early May planting helps avoid sorghum midge insect damage. Later<br />
planting (after May 20) usually results in a 1 bushel per acre per day yield reduction due to less<br />
favorable environmental conditions during blooming and heavier insect pressure.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Depth<br />
<strong>Plant</strong> 1¼ to 1½ inches deep in warm soils and 1 inch in cool soils.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates<br />
A final stand <strong>of</strong> 50,000 to 75,000 plants per acre is adequate for dryland production. Dense stands,<br />
particularly in narrow rows, result in weaker stalks with less tiller development and more lodging.<br />
15
Grain Sorghum Seeding Rate Information. Number <strong>of</strong> seeds per 10 ft <strong>of</strong> Row<br />
at Different Row Widths<br />
Seeding<br />
Rate<br />
(Seeds<br />
per<br />
Acre)<br />
Final<br />
Stand<br />
with<br />
80%<br />
germ<br />
(<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />
per Acre)<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> Seeds Per 10 Foot <strong>of</strong> Row with Different Seeding Rates<br />
7 in row 10 in row 15 in row 20 in row 30 in row 38 in row<br />
60,000 48,000 8.0 11.5 17.2 23.0 34.4 43.6<br />
65,000 52,000 8.7 12.4 18.7 24.9 37.3 47.3<br />
70,000 56,000 9.4 13.4 20.1 26.8 40.2 50.9<br />
75,000 60,000 10.0 14.3 21.5 28.7 43.0 54.5<br />
80,000 64,000 10.7 15.3 23.0 30.6 45.9 58.2<br />
85,000 68,000 11.4 16.3 24.4 32.5 48.8 61.8<br />
90,000 72,000 12.1 17.2 25.8 34.4 51.7 65.4<br />
Fertilization and Liming<br />
For fertilization and liming recommendations, see chapter on Soil Fertility and Soil Testing.<br />
Row Width<br />
Based on dryland production research in other states, planting sorghum on narrow rows can<br />
increase grain yields slightly. Grain sorghum can be planted in a wide range <strong>of</strong> row spacings and<br />
is usually planted with the same equipment used for soybeans or corn. <strong>Plant</strong>ing in narrow rows<br />
does help speed up canopy closure and reduce weed competition and surface moisture loss.<br />
Cultivation for weed control is not an option in narrow rows.<br />
Insect Control<br />
The sorghum midge is generally the most destructive insect on grain sorghum in Tennessee, but<br />
heavy infestations <strong>of</strong> the sorghum webworm, fall armyworm or corn earworm can severely<br />
reduce yields. <strong>Plant</strong>ing grain sorghum by June 1 reduces midge damage because sorghum plants<br />
finish blooming before midge adults are present in the fields. The sorghum midge reproduces on<br />
johnsongrass heads and grain sorghum heads. <strong>Plant</strong> all <strong>of</strong> the grain sorghum at the same time if<br />
possible to prevent heavy damage to the second crop from the buildup <strong>of</strong> sorghum midge on the<br />
first crop.<br />
See PB1768 Insect Control Recommendations for Field Crops for additional insect control and<br />
scouting information.<br />
16
Harvesting<br />
When heat drying facilities are available, grain sorghum can be harvested at up to 30 percent<br />
moisture.<br />
Without drying facilities, grain should be around 14 percent moisture or below at harvest time.<br />
Generally, during harvest, the moisture <strong>of</strong> the combine-run grain is about one percent higher than<br />
the grain in the field due to the harvesting <strong>of</strong> some green or high moisture plant parts. Harvest<br />
aid products should be considered when sorghum is weedy. Harvest aids act as desiccants and<br />
help dry down green material and may help reduce grain moisture.<br />
Storing<br />
Grain sorghum should contain 12 percent moisture or less for safe storage. Grain sorghum is<br />
more difficult to dry than corn. It can be dried best in depths <strong>of</strong> 4 feet or less.<br />
Marketing<br />
Grain sorghum is generally sold by the hundred-weight instead <strong>of</strong> by the bushel. If grain<br />
sorghum is to be sold rather than being fed on the farm, then a definite market and marketing<br />
arrangement should be secured before planting grain sorghum. Some receiving and storage<br />
stations are no longer equipped to dry or handle grain sorghum in West Tennessee.<br />
17
Cotton<br />
18
Cotton Growth and Development<br />
Cotton has many unique qualities as a commercial crop. Understanding the history, growth habit,<br />
and development <strong>of</strong> cotton allows for more efficient and pr<strong>of</strong>itable production system. Cotton is<br />
a perennial plant adapted to tropical and subtropical areas <strong>of</strong> the world. It has an indeterminant<br />
growth habit in which both vegetative and reproductive growth occur at the same time. The<br />
indeterminent habit allows cotton to endure environmental stresses and continue to produce<br />
fibers. There are two main commercial species <strong>of</strong> cotton grown in the United Sates; Gossypium<br />
hirsutum L., or upland cotton and Gossypium barbadense L., or pima cotton.<br />
Heat Units or DD 60 ’s<br />
Cotton growth milestones are <strong>of</strong>ten given in terms <strong>of</strong> days after planting or between growth<br />
stages, but the development rate <strong>of</strong> cotton is strongly influenced by temperature. A cotton crop<br />
grows more slowly on cool days than on warm days, so temperature measurements during the<br />
cropping season help estimate when a crop reaches a specific developmental stage. Heat units, or<br />
DD 60 s, are an estimation <strong>of</strong> this accumulated temperature effect during a day, based on the<br />
average <strong>of</strong> the maximum and minimum daily temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit (ºF max and<br />
ºF min , respectively). The number 60 is subtracted from this average, because 60 degrees F is<br />
generally accepted as the lowest temperature at which cotton growth occurs. The formula for<br />
calculating heat units per day is as follows:<br />
Calculating the accumulated heat units <strong>of</strong> a crop over time can then be used to estimate the<br />
growth <strong>of</strong> the cotton during the season. Table 1 demonstrates how to calculate accumulated heat<br />
units over a 5-day period. Table 2. Provides basic benchmarks in heat unit accumulation for<br />
different developmental stages <strong>of</strong> cotton growth.<br />
Table 1. Calculation <strong>of</strong> daily and accumulated heat units based on daily high and low<br />
temperatures.<br />
Day<br />
Daily High<br />
Temperature<br />
(ºF max )<br />
Daily Low<br />
Temperature<br />
(ºF min )<br />
Average Daily<br />
Temperature<br />
(ºF max +ºF min )/2<br />
Daily Heat Units<br />
(ºF max +ºF min )/2 – 60<br />
Accumulated<br />
Heat Units<br />
1 89 60 74.5 14.5 14.5<br />
2 91 59 75 15 29.5<br />
3 90 64 77 17 46.5<br />
4 85 68 76.5 16.5 63<br />
5 82 70 76 16 79<br />
19
Table 2. Average heat units required for various cotton growth stages.<br />
Growth stage<br />
Heat units<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing to seedling establishment 50-60<br />
Nodes up the main stem 45-65<br />
Emergence to first square 425-475<br />
Square to white flower 300-350<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing to first flower 775-850<br />
White flower to open boll 850<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing to harvest 2300<br />
Germination and Emergence<br />
Cotton seeds contain all the essential ingredients for germination except one, water. Cotton seed<br />
begin to germinate when seed weight increases by 50% due to water entering the seed. As the<br />
seed swells the seed coat splits<br />
allowing the radical to emerge<br />
approximately three days after<br />
planting. Tissues between the<br />
elongating radical and the<br />
cotyledon leaves (seed leaves)<br />
swell rapidly and the hypocotyl<br />
extends to the soil surface the<br />
seedling is said to be in the<br />
‘crook’ stage (Figure 2). The term<br />
‘crook’ comes from the<br />
appearance <strong>of</strong> the curvature <strong>of</strong> the<br />
hypocotyl as it pulls the<br />
Figure 1. Cotton seedling establishment.<br />
cotyledons from beneath the soil<br />
surface. At this stage cotton is<br />
extremely susceptial to soil crusting preventing the cotyledons from emerging.<br />
Seed germination and successful emergence is favored by adequate soil oxygen, moisture, and<br />
warm soil temperatures (above 65°F).<br />
Problems with germination are typically<br />
related to dry or wet soil conditions, soil<br />
crusting, salinity, herbicide residue, cool<br />
temperatures and poor seed quality. In<br />
Tennessee we typically have marginal soil<br />
temperatures when planting begins since we<br />
have a short growing season. Also, the high<br />
percentage <strong>of</strong> no-till production acres in<br />
Tennessee present problems with maintaining<br />
adequate seed-to-soil contact across various<br />
soil types, moisture conditions, soil residue,<br />
and compaction zones.<br />
Figure 2. Seedling cotton.<br />
20
Cotton <strong>Plant</strong>ing Forecast<br />
To aid in making planting decisions, a cotton planting forecast can be calculated. A planting<br />
forecast will consider the predicted temperatures, DD 60 accumulation, rainfall, and potential for<br />
drying winds. Forecasts are subject to the inaccuracies associated with trying to predict the<br />
weather. This information should be used along with good judgment for making a planting<br />
decision (Table 3).<br />
Table 3. Probability <strong>of</strong> cotton stand establishment based on DD 60 accumulation.<br />
Predicted DD 60 accumulation<br />
5 days after planting<br />
Outlook for stand establishment<br />
50 Very good<br />
Once the cotyledons unfold, photosynthesis promotes development <strong>of</strong> new plant tissues from the<br />
apical meristems located between the cotyledons. The next structure to develop is the first trueleaf<br />
which is ovate in shape (Figure 4). It typically develops 7-14 days after the seedling<br />
becomes established. The emergence <strong>of</strong> the first true-leaf shifts the plants energy supply to gain<br />
carbohydrates from photosynthesis instead <strong>of</strong> the stored carbohydrates in the cotyledons. The<br />
first several true-leafs to develop are<br />
important to proper plant development<br />
and need protecting from insect<br />
damage since the carbohydrates<br />
created are responsible for the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> a deep, healthy root<br />
system that will supply nutrients and<br />
water to the plant throughout its life<br />
cycle. Roots may extend as deep as 12<br />
Figure 3. Cotton leaf shapes.<br />
21<br />
inches into the soil by the time that<br />
cotyledons fully expand. Cold soil,<br />
seedling disease, nematodes, low soil<br />
pH, water stress, hard pans, and herbicide residues can inhibit root development. Root<br />
development continues during the early season and peak root mass is achieved during early<br />
flowering and then declines into the late season. Carbohydrates are re-directed to metabolic sinks<br />
associated with boll formation instead <strong>of</strong> root and vegetative growth at this time.<br />
Vegetative Growth<br />
Cotton has an indeterminate growth habit and can grow very tall under conditions <strong>of</strong> unrestrained<br />
growth. Growth regulators, such as mepiquat chloride, are generally applied to cotton to slow<br />
internode elongation, especially for well-fertilized, irrigated cotton. Increased vegetative growth<br />
promotes boll rot, fruit abscission, and makes a cotton crop difficult to harvest. The first<br />
vegetative structures that appear on the main stem are main stem leaves (Figure 4 and 5). Main<br />
stem leaves and branches form at points <strong>of</strong> attachment on the main stem called nodes. As a<br />
general rule, a new node is produced from the apical meristem an average <strong>of</strong> every 3 days,
although nodes develop more quickly early in the growing season than later in the season.<br />
Leaves that arise directly from the main stem are referred to as main stem leaves, while leaves<br />
that arise from the fruiting branch are referred to as subtending leaves. The fruit produced by a<br />
branch will primarily receive carbohydrates produced by the leaf subtending that fruit. However,<br />
the main stem leaf also supplies carbohydrate for fruit development. A fruiting structure, called a<br />
square, begins to form at the initiation <strong>of</strong> the fruiting branch. The first square produced on a<br />
fruiting branch is referred to as a first-position square. As this square develops, the portion <strong>of</strong> the<br />
fruiting branch between the main stem and the square also elongates. This portion <strong>of</strong> the fruiting<br />
branch is also called the internode, similar to the portion <strong>of</strong> the main stem between main-stem<br />
nodes. An axillary meristem also develops adjacent to this square. The axillary meristem<br />
produces a second position square and subtending leaf. As many as four squares may be<br />
produced in this fashion on a fruiting branch.<br />
Leaf and Canopy Development<br />
As a cotton plant develops, new leaves appear and expand, increasing sunlight interception.<br />
Initially the carbohydrates produced by the leaves are used to produce roots and more leaves.<br />
This production <strong>of</strong> new leaves causes the leaf area <strong>of</strong> the cotton plant to increase rapidly. Once<br />
reproductive structures begin to develop, carbohydrate supplies are slowly shifted to the<br />
developing fruit. As the fruit load on the plant increases and ages, the carbohydrate demand<br />
increases, and the development rate <strong>of</strong> new leaves declines. Premature aging <strong>of</strong> the cotton leaf<br />
canopy due to water stress, low fertility and other stresses further reduces the photosynthetic<br />
capacity <strong>of</strong> the crop.<br />
Photosynthate Partitioning<br />
Most <strong>of</strong> the cotton plant’s carbohydrate energy is directed to root growth prior to the time<br />
reproductive growth begins. This is a function <strong>of</strong> source to sink relationships. Carbohydrates are<br />
transported from supply areas (leaves), called sources,<br />
to areas <strong>of</strong> growth or storage (roots, shoots, bolls),<br />
called sinks. As bolls develop, they become<br />
carbohydrate sinks. Root and shoot growth slow, and<br />
boll development dominates plant growth, and roots<br />
continue to water and nutrients to the shoot.<br />
The branches on a cotton plant can be classified as<br />
either vegetative branches (monopodia) or fruiting<br />
branches (sympodia). Because vegetative branches<br />
have only one meristem, they grow straight and erect,<br />
much like the main stem (Figure 5). Vegetative<br />
branches can also produce fruiting branches.<br />
The branches from which fruiting buds arise are called<br />
fruiting branches, or sympodia, because each fruiting<br />
branch contains multiple meristems. Fruiting branches<br />
have a “zig-zag” growth habit, as opposed to the<br />
straight growth habit <strong>of</strong> the vegetative branches. The<br />
initial growth <strong>of</strong> a fruiting branch is terminated once a<br />
fruiting bud forms. The fruiting branch, however,<br />
Figure 4. Stem arrangement.<br />
initiates a new growing point, called an axillary<br />
22
meristem. The axillary meristem is located at the base <strong>of</strong> a leaf that subtends the newly formed<br />
fruiting bud. The first fruiting branch will generally arise at main-stem node 5 or 6. A cotton<br />
plant will mainly produce fruiting branches, but several common environmental factors such as<br />
low population density, insect and disease pressure and over-fertilization can cause vegetative<br />
branches to form. Vegetative branches are produced after fruiting branches, and develop at nodes<br />
directly below the node at which the first fruiting branch was developed. For instance, if the first<br />
fruiting branch is initiated at main-stem node 5, a vegetative branch may develop at main-stem<br />
node 4. New fruiting branches generally develop approximately every 3 days, although recent<br />
studies show that this developmental rate varies. Squares are produced at new positions on a<br />
fruiting branch approximately every 6 days. The age <strong>of</strong> fruiting structures on a cotton plant can<br />
be mapped according to this time sequence (Figure 7).<br />
Squaring Through Boll Development<br />
During the 21-day period from<br />
square to bloom, there are several<br />
recognized developmental stages <strong>of</strong><br />
the cotton flower bud. A pinhead<br />
square is the first stage at which the<br />
square can be identified. The next<br />
stage <strong>of</strong> square growth is matchhead<br />
square. Just prior to the time<br />
the flower opens, a candle shape can<br />
be seen (Figure 6). This period <strong>of</strong><br />
square development prior to bloom<br />
is called squaring.<br />
Figure 5. Pinhead square, matchhead square, candle and white<br />
bloom.<br />
A cotton plant typically blooms or flowers for about 6 weeks. Thus, until the cotton begins to<br />
produce fruit, the stage <strong>of</strong> development is discussed in terms <strong>of</strong> leaves or nodes. Once fruiting<br />
begins, the stage <strong>of</strong> cotton development is discussed<br />
in terms <strong>of</strong> square development and the number <strong>of</strong><br />
nodes. Once blooms are present, the stage <strong>of</strong> cotton<br />
development is discussed in terms <strong>of</strong> weeks <strong>of</strong><br />
bloom. The cotton square is actually a flower bud.<br />
The first visible structures <strong>of</strong> the square are the leaflike<br />
bracts, or epicalyx. Three bracts surround the<br />
flower bud in a pyramid-like shape. The cotton plant<br />
produces perfect flowers, meaning the flower<br />
contains both male and female organs (Figure 16).<br />
The first square is typically visible on node 5 to 7<br />
about 35 days after planting. Anthesis, or a flower<br />
bloom, occurs approximately 21 days after the first<br />
square appears. Flowering is important to cotton<br />
production because pollinated flowers form cotton<br />
bolls. The bloom process takes several days, and<br />
bloom age can be estimated by the bloom<br />
Figure 6. Fruiting development. characteristics. On the day a flower opens it is white.<br />
23
Pollination <strong>of</strong> that flower usually occurs within a few hours after the white flower opens. The<br />
second day the flower will have a pink-like color, and a red color on the third day.<br />
Approximately 5 to 7 days after a flower appears it usually dries and falls from the plant<br />
exposing the developing boll. Occasionally a flower will stay attached to the developing boll for<br />
a longer period <strong>of</strong> time. This is referred to as a bloom tag.<br />
The development <strong>of</strong> the cotton plant in terms <strong>of</strong> leaf number, node number and fruiting stage is<br />
discussed in previous sections. During the flowering period, the stage <strong>of</strong> cotton development can<br />
also be discussed in terms <strong>of</strong> Nodes Above White Flower (NAWF). This is a measurement<br />
documenting the number <strong>of</strong> nodes separating the uppermost first position bloom and the terminal<br />
<strong>of</strong> the plant. When the cotton plant first begins to bloom, there will be approximately 9 to 10<br />
NAWF. As the season progresses, the number <strong>of</strong> NAWF decreases. NAWF generally decreases<br />
more quickly after bloom in early-maturing varieties than in mid or full season varieties. As the<br />
flowers develop into bolls, they become stronger sinks for carbohydrates and their combined<br />
demand for carbohydrates increases. Eventually the carbohydrate supply produced by the leaves<br />
will be used primarily by developing bolls, leaving less available for the production <strong>of</strong> new<br />
vegetative growth. As flowering progresses up the plant, less top growth is produced, allowing<br />
the NAWF to decrease. As the flowering approaches the top <strong>of</strong> the plant, the plant eventually<br />
puts all <strong>of</strong> its energy into boll development and ceases flower development. This event is termed<br />
cutout. Cutout generally occurs at 4 or 5 NAWF. Cutout occurs when carbohydrate supply equals<br />
demand and vegetative growth ceases. At cutout, no more harvestable fruit is set.<br />
Fruit Shedding<br />
A phenomenon <strong>of</strong>ten seen in a cotton field is square shedding (Figure 19). The shedding <strong>of</strong><br />
squares may be the result <strong>of</strong> several factors, including water stress, shading (from prolonged<br />
cloudy weather), nutrient deficiencies (especially N), high temperatures, high plant populations,<br />
high percent fruit set and insect damage.<br />
Flowers and young bolls may also be shed from the plant due to the same factors that lead to<br />
square shedding. Generally, though, the sensitivity <strong>of</strong> squares, flowers and bolls to shedding can<br />
be related to their age. Small squares are more likely to be shed than are more developed squares<br />
and bolls. After pollination occurs the boll begins to develop. Under optimum conditions it<br />
requires approximately 50 days for a boll to “open” after pollination occurs. Boll development<br />
can be characterized by three phases: enlargement, filling, and maturation.<br />
The enlargement phase <strong>of</strong> boll development lasts approximately 3 weeks. During this time the<br />
fibers produced on the seed are elongating and the maximum volume <strong>of</strong> the boll and seeds<br />
contained therein are attained. The filling phase <strong>of</strong> boll development begins during the fourth<br />
week after flowering. Fiber elongation ceases and secondary wall formation <strong>of</strong> the fiber begins.<br />
Cellulose is deposited inside the elongated fiber filling the void space <strong>of</strong> the elongated fiber.<br />
During the boll enlargement and fiber elongation phase, the development <strong>of</strong> fiber is very<br />
sensitive to adverse environmental conditions. Low water availability, extremes in temperature<br />
and nutrient deficiencies (especially potassium) can reduce the final fiber length, strength and<br />
micronaire.<br />
24
The boll maturation phase begins as the boll reaches its full size and maximum weight. During<br />
this phase, fiber and seed maturation take place and boll dehiscence occurs. The capsule walls <strong>of</strong><br />
the boll dry, causing the cells to shrink unevenly. This shrinking causes the suture between the<br />
carpel walls to split, and the boll opens.<br />
Yield Distribution<br />
The contribution <strong>of</strong> a single fruiting structure to the overall yield <strong>of</strong> the cotton plant depends<br />
largely upon its position on the plant. First position bolls are heavier and produced in higher<br />
quantities than bolls at any other position. In cotton populations <strong>of</strong> three plants per foot <strong>of</strong> row,<br />
first position bolls contribute from 66 to 75 percent <strong>of</strong> the total yield <strong>of</strong> the plant, and second<br />
position bolls contribute 18 to 21 percent.<br />
Yield distribution research is an intensive, detailed process that involves counting and weighing<br />
bolls from each fruiting position on many plants. First position bolls tend to fill out more and be<br />
heavier than bolls from other positions, so the majority <strong>of</strong> boll weight on plants generally comes<br />
from the first position fruit between nodes 7 and 20.<br />
Cotton Production in Tennessee<br />
Cotton production ranks third in terms <strong>of</strong> cash receipts from crops for Tennessee producers. For<br />
the last five years, cotton harvests have ranged from 525,000 to 695,000 acres. The lint yields per<br />
acre for the same time period varied from a high <strong>of</strong> 945 pounds <strong>of</strong> lint in 2006 to a low <strong>of</strong> 741<br />
pounds in 2002. Tennessee cotton production is hampered by a short growing season and<br />
frequent cool, wet weather in both spring and fall seasons.<br />
25
Table 4. Tennessee cotton production since 1980.<br />
Year <strong>Plant</strong>ed acres Harvested acres Bales produced Lint yield<br />
pounds/acre<br />
1980 290,000 275,000 200,000 349<br />
1981 325,000 305,000 315,000 496<br />
1982 260,000 255,000 339,000 638<br />
1983 220,000 215,000 151,000 337<br />
1984 340,000 325,000 337,000 498<br />
1985 340,000 335,000 419,000 600<br />
1986 340,000 335,000 396,000 567<br />
1987 440,000 435,000 634,000 700<br />
1988 535,000 530,000 584,000 529<br />
1989 465,000 460,000 476,000 497<br />
1990 525,000 515,000 495,000 461<br />
1991 620,000 610,000 701,000 552<br />
1992 625,000 615,000 864,000 651<br />
1993 625,000 615,000 545,000 425<br />
1994 590,000 585,000 885,000 726<br />
1995 700,000 660,000 724,000 527<br />
1996 540,000 530,000 675,000 611<br />
1997 490,000 480,000 662,000 662<br />
1998 450,000 445,000 546,000 589<br />
1999 570,000 565,000 595,000 505<br />
2000 570,000 565,000 710,000 603<br />
2001 620,000 615,000 978,000 763<br />
2002 565,000 530,000 818,000 741<br />
2003 560,000 530,000 890,000 806<br />
2004 530,000 525,000 984,000 900<br />
2005 640,000 635,000 1,122,000 848<br />
2006 700,000 695,000 1,368,000 945<br />
2007 515,000 510,000 600,000 565<br />
Field Selection and Preparation<br />
Cotton is best adapted to soils that are fertile, moderately deep to deep with good drainage, and<br />
high moisture-supplying capacity. Well-drained soils will tend to warm up early in the spring.<br />
Selecting fields with long rows, easy access, few obstacles allows for efficient use <strong>of</strong> equipment.<br />
In No-tillage production systems, erosion problems should be addresses by implementing<br />
practices such as waterways, contour planting and filter strips along drainage ditches. Sub-soiling<br />
is only beneficial if tillage pans exist and/or heavy traffic has occurred. However, three or four<br />
years <strong>of</strong> continuous no-till production has been found to reduce or eliminate traffic pans.<br />
Good cotton stands may be obtained by no-tillage or conventional methods <strong>of</strong> seedbed<br />
preparation. A firm, well-prepared seedbed is important for fast seedling emergence and uniform<br />
stands. On soils with erosion problems no-tillage production practices should be utilized. In<br />
conventional tillage areas delay tillage until late winter or early spring. However, prepare<br />
seedbeds early enough so they will settle and firm up before planting. To prepare a seedbed on<br />
26
heavy-textured Delta soils, bed the land in the fall or winter. At planting use burndown<br />
herbicides to kill weeds prior to planting.<br />
Crop residues from cotton, corn, soybeans or grain sorghum may provide sufficient cover on<br />
some fields for erosion control. Where crop residues are not adequate, cover crops may be<br />
needed. Cover crops that have been used in Tennessee include small grain (wheat and rye) and<br />
legumes (vetch, crimson clover or Austrian winter peas). Small grains, especially wheat, are<br />
usually preferred for no-till cotton. Small grains have a fibrous root system and will do a better<br />
job <strong>of</strong> binding the soil particles together than clovers, thereby reducing soil erosion. Rye tends to<br />
grow tall and produce more ground cover. Excessive growth can interfere with planting, cause<br />
slow cotton emergence and could also produce tall, thin cotton plants. Legumes can be more<br />
difficult to manage. They are usually more difficult to kill and the nitrogen produced may cause<br />
the cotton to be difficult to manage in late season. Do not plant cotton until cover crops and<br />
weeds are killed.<br />
Soil Fertility<br />
Cotton is very sensitive to soil fertility and production level. It is important to supply all the<br />
nutrients that may be needed in each field. Many problems can be related either directly or<br />
indirectly to acid soils and low levels <strong>of</strong> plant nutrients. Fertilization and liming programs should<br />
be based on the fertility <strong>of</strong> the soil. A soil test is the first step in a sound fertility program.<br />
Samples should be taken during fall or early winter and sent to a soil testing laboratory for<br />
analysis and recommendations.<br />
Lime<br />
Yields will be highest<br />
and fertilizers used<br />
most efficiently when<br />
the pH is 6.0 to 6.5.<br />
Calcium supplied by<br />
ground limestone aids<br />
in setting fruit and<br />
proper maturing <strong>of</strong><br />
bolls. Soil acidity will<br />
also influence the<br />
availability <strong>of</strong> some<br />
plant nutrients,<br />
herbicide activity,<br />
seedling development<br />
and seedling diseases.<br />
Figure 7. Nutrient uptake at differing soil pH.<br />
Applying high rates <strong>of</strong> acid-forming fertilizers will gradually lower the soil pH. A 100-pound per<br />
acre application <strong>of</strong> nitrogen in the form <strong>of</strong> anhydrous ammonia, ammonium nitrate or urea would<br />
require approximately 400 pounds <strong>of</strong> limestone to neutralize the acidity resulting from the<br />
nitrogen application.<br />
27
Nitrogen<br />
General nitrogen recommendations are based on research by The University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee<br />
Agricultural Experiment Station. The amount <strong>of</strong> nitrogen needed depends on the soil and its<br />
previous cropping history. Generally, 60 to 80 pounds <strong>of</strong> nitrogen are needed on upland soils<br />
where excessive growth and late maturity are not a problem. On bottom soils or sites where<br />
excessive growth is a problem, 45- to 60-pound <strong>of</strong> nitrogen should be considered.<br />
The various nitrogen sources are similar in supplying nitrogen for plant growth. Nitrogen can be<br />
applied at or just prior to planting or may be split with sidedressing applications no later than<br />
early square stage. Nitrogen deficiency symptoms first appear on the lower leaves. The leaves <strong>of</strong><br />
nitrogen-deficient plants become light green to pale yellow. As they age, shades <strong>of</strong> red develop<br />
and then they turn to brown. Leaves then dry out and shed from the plant. The entire plant will<br />
be stunted and weak in appearance and fruit set will be reduced. Under nitrogen-deficient<br />
conditions, nitrogen can be applied to the soil as a sidedressing until about the third week <strong>of</strong><br />
bloom. Foliar applied fertilizer, while costly, can supply in season nutreients for cotton plants.<br />
However, they should not be the sole source <strong>of</strong> nutrient supply for the crop. Mid-season<br />
applications <strong>of</strong> nitrogen may increase the risk <strong>of</strong> late-season growth.<br />
Phosphorous (P 2 0 5 )<br />
The amount <strong>of</strong> phosphorous in a cotton plant is low compared to levels <strong>of</strong> nitrogen and<br />
potassium. Phosphorus fertilization is important to cotton production because it is essential for<br />
root development and early growth. Some cotton soils tend to be low in available phosphorus.<br />
Phosphorous is an immobile nutrient, so it must be available in the rooting zone for root contact<br />
and uptake into the plant. Low phosphorous levels in the soil result in stunted plants. The leaves<br />
will be smaller than normal and dark green. Fruiting and maturity may be delayed, making the<br />
plant more vulnerable to insects and diseases. Low levels <strong>of</strong> phosphorous may reduce lint yield,<br />
fiber strength and micronaire. The availability <strong>of</strong> phosphate to the cotton plant is dependent on a<br />
good liming program, as pH levels below 6.0 or above 7.0 result in reduced availability.<br />
Potassium (K 2 O)<br />
Many soils on which cotton is grown are low in available potassium. It is not uncommon to see<br />
potash-deficient plants. Low levels <strong>of</strong> potassium cause stunted plants and leaves that fail to<br />
develop a normal green color. Mature leaves are <strong>of</strong>ten mottled after turning light yellowishgreen,<br />
then reddish-brown between the veins <strong>of</strong> the leaf, before the discoloration spreads to the<br />
leaf margins. The tips and edges <strong>of</strong> the leaves curl downward. The leaves become reddishbrown,<br />
and are scorched and blackened by the time they are prematurely shed. Bolls are small,<br />
immature and may fail to open or only partially open. Lint yield and fiber properties are reduced.<br />
The availability <strong>of</strong> potassium is influenced by the soil pH. Soil tests are necessary to determine<br />
both the lime and potassium needed for productive yields. Over the last 10 years there has been<br />
an increase in potassium deficiency symptoms in cotton grown in West Tennessee. Problem<br />
fields may have adequate levels <strong>of</strong> potassium in the top 6 inches, but a low level in the subsoil.<br />
In some cases the pH level was also low, helping create the deficiency.<br />
Boron (B)<br />
Boron deficiency on cotton is more likely to occur on limed soil, particularly after heavy lime<br />
applications. Apply boron at the rate <strong>of</strong> 0.5 pound per acre when soil pH is above 6.0 or where<br />
lime is used. Boron can be applied in mixed fertilizer or preemergence herbicides. To obtain .5<br />
28
pound per acre <strong>of</strong> boron, apply 2.44 pounds "Solubor" per acre. For foliar application, apply 0.1<br />
pound boron beginning at early bloom making three to five applications at weekly intervals.<br />
Some boron deficiency symptoms may be:<br />
• Abnormal shedding <strong>of</strong> squares and young bolls.<br />
• Ruptures at the base <strong>of</strong> squares, blooms, or on the stem (peduncle) that supports the<br />
squares.<br />
• A darkened area at the base <strong>of</strong> bolls, extending inside the boll. (can be detected by cutting<br />
across the base <strong>of</strong> the boll.)<br />
• Mature bolls that are small, deformed and do not fluff normally.<br />
• Death <strong>of</strong> the terminal bud and shortened internodes near the top <strong>of</strong> the plant.<br />
• Dark green rings on leaf petioles ("coon -tail" petioles). When petioles are sliced, a<br />
discoloration <strong>of</strong> the pith can be seen in conjunction with the rings.<br />
• Dark green, <strong>of</strong>ten thicker leaves. Leaves remain until frost and may also be difficult to<br />
chemically defoliate.<br />
• Poor response to nitrogen and potassium.<br />
Sulfur (S)<br />
Sulfur is absorbed by roots in the divalent anion form (SO -2 4). While atmospheric sulfur (SO 2 ) is<br />
taken up and utilized by the aerial parts <strong>of</strong> higher plants, root absorbed sulfur is much more<br />
important in plant health and nutrition. Sulfur is a constituent <strong>of</strong> some amino acids and<br />
ultimatelty protein synthesis. Sulfur is also an important component <strong>of</strong> many co-enzymes and<br />
secondary metabolites. Inhibition <strong>of</strong> protein synthesis associated with sulfur deficiency leads to<br />
cholrosis (yellowing) <strong>of</strong> leafs similar to that <strong>of</strong> nitrogen deficiency. However, sulfur deficiency is<br />
equally associated with old and young leaves, where nitrogen deficiency is generally limited to<br />
older leaves. Soil test for sulfur content and fertilizer needs in areas where sulfur deficiencies are<br />
apparent or expected.<br />
Fertilizer Recommendations<br />
Fertilizer Placement<br />
Research has shown that where soil fertility is high, broadcast application <strong>of</strong> fertilizer is just as<br />
effective as band application. If the soil fertility is low, best results would be obtained by<br />
broadcasting about one-half and banding one-half <strong>of</strong> the fertilizer. As the fertilizer rate increases,<br />
distance <strong>of</strong> the band placement from the seed should also be increased.<br />
General fertilizer recommendations: In absence <strong>of</strong> a soil test, apply 60 to 80 pounds <strong>of</strong> nitrogen,<br />
60 pounds phosphate (P 2 0 5 ), 90 pounds <strong>of</strong> potash (K 2 0) and .5 pound <strong>of</strong> boron (B) per acre at<br />
planting. Nitrogen may be split-applied one-half at planting and one half as side-dress.<br />
29
Table 5. Fertilizer recommendations.<br />
Soil Test Level<br />
Phosphate (P 2 O 5 ) Potash (K 2 O)<br />
lbs/ac<br />
bs/ac<br />
Low 90 120<br />
Medium 60 90<br />
High 30 60<br />
Very High 0 0<br />
Variety Selection<br />
Cotton variety tests are conducted each year at five locations in Tennessee to obtain performance<br />
information, which is then used to assist the producer in selecting varieties to grow (See PB<br />
1742). Lint yield is the most important consideration in selecting a variety. Increased emphasis is<br />
being placed on fiber strength, length, length uniformity and micronaire. The relative yield <strong>of</strong> a<br />
variety is influenced by a number <strong>of</strong> conditions such as soil type, fertility, cultural practices,<br />
insect control, weather, etc. Early maturity <strong>of</strong> varieties is important in Tennessee because <strong>of</strong> the<br />
relatively short growing season. Varieties that mature earlier perform well in most Tennessee<br />
growing environments. Many cotton producers find obtaining and maintaining a good stand <strong>of</strong><br />
vigorous plants a problem each year in at least some fields. Seed quality may help determine the<br />
rate <strong>of</strong> emergence, vigor and even the yield <strong>of</strong> a crop <strong>of</strong> cotton. Obtain all available information<br />
when selecting cotton seed. Make sure the seed has at least 80 percent germination and a cool<br />
test rating <strong>of</strong> at least 50. Seed with a good vigor rating will germinate and grow under a wide<br />
range <strong>of</strong> soil and field conditions. Also make sure the seed are treated with fungicide.<br />
In-<strong>Plant</strong> Technologies<br />
Many factors are considered when making varietal selections including the inclusion <strong>of</strong> valueadded<br />
transgenic traits. Bollgard, Bollgard II, Widestrike, Liberty Link, Roundup Ready,<br />
Roundup Ready Flex are traits for either insect control or herbicide tolerance. All have strengths<br />
and weaknesses and are extremely important consideration for producers when selecting<br />
varieties to plant. However, these technologies are not the most important factors to consider in<br />
variety selection. In addition to yield potential and transgenic traits, other plant characteristics<br />
such as yield stability, maturity, fiber quality, lint turnout perecentage, leaf pubescence (presence<br />
or absence <strong>of</strong> hairs), stormpro<strong>of</strong>ness, and growth and fruiting habit should all be considered<br />
when choosing a variety. Producers are encouraged to plant new varieties and multiple<br />
technologies on their acres, but at a conservative scale.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Date<br />
Satisfactory planting dates in Tennessee are April 20 to May 10. Weather conditions, soil type,<br />
the use <strong>of</strong> fungicides, etc. will help determine whether to plant early or late. <strong>Plant</strong>ing after May<br />
20 will tend to reduce yields, require more insecticide applications and result in delayed harvest.<br />
The minimum temperature necessary for cotton seed germination is near 60 degrees, while<br />
optimum germination temperatures range from 85-95 degrees. With seed <strong>of</strong> average quality, the<br />
soil temperature should be 65 degrees or higher for good rate <strong>of</strong> emergence <strong>of</strong> healthy vigorous<br />
plants. Check soil temperature at a 2-3 inch depth at 8:00 - 10:00 a.m. for three to five days to<br />
make sure the seedbed has reached 65 degrees and warm dry weather is predicted for the next<br />
five to seven days.<br />
30
For maximum efficiency in weed and disease control, harvesting, etc., establish a population <strong>of</strong><br />
30,000 to 60,000 plants per acre. Excessive plant populations will cause higher fruiting on the<br />
plants, shorter limbs, smaller bolls and fewer bolls per plant. A stand <strong>of</strong> three to five plants per<br />
foot <strong>of</strong> row will require four to six seeds per foot <strong>of</strong> row under normal conditions. The following<br />
table will help determine the row spacing required to obtain a desired plant population.<br />
Rate and Spacing<br />
Table 6. <strong>Plant</strong> populations at various row spacings.<br />
Row Spacing (inches)<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />
per 7.5 10 15 30 36 38 40<br />
foot<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>s per Acre<br />
1.0 69696 52272 34848 17424 14520 13756 13068<br />
1.5 104544 78408 52272 26136 21780 20634 19602<br />
2.0 139392 104544 69696 34848 29040 27512 26136<br />
2.5 174240 130680 87120 43560 36300 34390 32670<br />
3.0 209088 156816 104544 52272 43560 41268 39204<br />
3.5 243936 182952 121968 60984 50820 48146 45738<br />
4.0 278784 209088 139392 69696 58080 55024 52272<br />
4.5 313632 235224 156816 78408 65340 61902 58806<br />
5.0 348480 261360 174240 87120 72600 68780 65340<br />
* <strong>Plant</strong> populations for UNR cotton should be evaluated by plants per square foot.<br />
Depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />
After carefully calibrating the cotton planter to plant the desired number <strong>of</strong> seed, check the depth<br />
seed are placed. Set the planter to place seed 0.5 to 1 inch deep. The depth will have to be<br />
rechecked when soil conditions change. Factors such as moisture, soil temperature, soil texture,<br />
crusting potential and type <strong>of</strong> seedbed should be considered. When planting 0.5 to 0.75 inch<br />
deep, take care to insure the seed are covered to prevent injury from surface-applied herbicides.<br />
As the soil warms and moisture is lost, the seed may be planted 1 to 12 inches deep to allow<br />
planting in moist soil. Never plant cotton seed deeper than 1.5 inches.<br />
Making Re-plant Decisions<br />
Each year many producers are forced to replant cotton due to adverse conditions the most<br />
difficult decisions to make and second guessing is very common.<br />
Calendar Date<br />
The recommended planting window for Tennessee is April 20-May 10. Although boll weevil<br />
eradication, Bt cotton and early-maturing varieties may have extended the planting window,<br />
most researchers agree that planting after May 25 is beyond the optimum planting window. A<br />
poor stand may be replanted on May 1 but will more likely be kept on May 25. Regardless <strong>of</strong> the<br />
advances in technology, an early freeze can be devastating to an immature crop (Table 1.).<br />
Setting a two bale crop on the plant and harvesting that same cotton are two different things.<br />
31
Evaluate the existing stand<br />
Go to at least 10 places within the field and measure 1/1000 th <strong>of</strong> an acre. For example, 13 feet, 9<br />
inches is 1/1000 th <strong>of</strong> an acre for 38” rows. For more row spacings see table 2. Once the desired<br />
length has been measured, count the number <strong>of</strong> plants. Multiply the number <strong>of</strong> plants X 1000 to<br />
determine your plant population per acre. Remember, go to several places and count not only the<br />
number <strong>of</strong> plants but also observe your stand for uniformity. Take note <strong>of</strong> any skips longer than<br />
three feet in length. Once this has been done, you then have to make the decision about those<br />
plants that will live and those that will die. If the plant has severe lesions on the stem and the<br />
plant is brittle, it will probably die. If the roots are discolored but remain white or green when the<br />
brown tissue is scraped away, it will probably live. Also, examine the plant terminal. How do the<br />
new leaves look If there appears to be new growth emerging, the plant may live. If the plant<br />
looks sick and you can't make a decision, assume it will die. However, cotton has a tremendous<br />
ability to survive if conditions favor growth.<br />
How many plants are needed to make a crop<br />
Research has shown that cotton yields are fairly flat when uniform populations <strong>of</strong> 20,000-70,000<br />
plants per acre are found. Uniform populations are critical and fields with large skips may need<br />
to be replanted. What is the yield potential <strong>of</strong> the field Fertile, bottomland fields may have<br />
more compensation ability than eroded, droughty hills. Remember, it's getting late and yield<br />
potential is decreasing every day. Uniform populations <strong>of</strong> 1-2 plants per foot (Table 3.) can be<br />
satisfactory provided the stand in UNIFORM.<br />
What are your costs and what cultural practices have been used<br />
Sometimes replanting to cotton is not the best option. However there are several factors that will<br />
determine this decision. Has a residual herbicide been applied Some herbicides like Cotoran,<br />
Caparol or Diuron will essentially lock you into cotton. Is the land leased or under a gin<br />
contract Lease agreements are <strong>of</strong>ten crop specific and <strong>of</strong>fer no alternatives. Also, the type <strong>of</strong><br />
rental agreement can play a role. Extremely high rent will not allow a grain alternative. Has<br />
fertilizer been applied Another factor that has become more important in recent years is the<br />
technology fee. Before replanting, determine whether the additional technology fees will be<br />
waived. Another factor to consider if replanting to a different crop is that payments in the current<br />
farm bill are decoupled from production and payments are made regardless <strong>of</strong> crop planted.<br />
Manage for earliness<br />
Choose an early maturing variety with Bt technology if you decide to replant. It is imperative<br />
that the variety be early enough to mature and provide late season worm control. Do not cut<br />
corners. If the stand was lost due to disease, use the full rate <strong>of</strong> fungicide when replanting and try<br />
to plant beside the old row. The old furrow will contain disease inoculum and conditions for<br />
disease can be worse than the first time. It is imperative that to achieve a uniform stand with this<br />
planting because time is precious. Fields that are not replanted will likely be stunted. Fruit<br />
retention will be crucial, as time may not allow for late season blooms to mature. Overtop<br />
glyphosate applications should be made within the recommended window. Late applications will<br />
delay fruiting and maturity. In addition to early square retention, timely mepiquat chloride (Pix,<br />
Pentia, Mepichlor, Mepex, etc.) or Stance applications will help improve earliness. If the stand is<br />
partially lost to hail, some <strong>of</strong> these plants with damaged terminals may lose apical dominance<br />
and become "crazy". This vegetative growth will need special care to achieve good fruiting and<br />
32
earliness. In cases when the decision to replant is made, match the correct nitrogen rate to the<br />
realistic yield potential <strong>of</strong> the late planted crop. Adding more nitrogen than necessary will delay<br />
maturity and increase the potential for damage from inclement weather.<br />
Other points to consider:<br />
Weather forecast. Does the 5-7 day forecast look promising Will conditions be conducive to<br />
plant growth or rapid germination and emergence Weather forecast can play a big role in<br />
replant decision making.If the decision to replant is made, destroy the old stand. <strong>Plant</strong>s from the<br />
first planting will mature differently and may become weeds and compete with the replanted<br />
population. Some control options are:<br />
• 24-32 oz Gramoxone Max<br />
• 24-32 oz Gramoxone Max + 32 oz Cotoran or Caparol<br />
• 32-40 oz Ignite<br />
• 32-40 oz Ignite + 32 oz Cotoran or Caparol<br />
• 22-32 oz Glyphosate for Liberty Link or non-glyphosate cotton<br />
Should the whole field or portions <strong>of</strong> the field be replanted Spot re-planting is a means <strong>of</strong><br />
reducing seeding costs and time. However, this <strong>of</strong>ten complicates crop management since several<br />
maturity ranges will be found within one field. If spot planting, try to block out parts <strong>of</strong> the field<br />
so that management inputs can be directed to larger areas. Also, choose varieties whose growth<br />
habits and maturity will closely follow the first planting.<br />
Remember that cotton is very forgiving and you can make a crop with some luck. Just remember<br />
to make your decision and commit to it. Once you make the decision to either replant or not you<br />
must believe that you have made the correct decision and do everything to ensure its success. A<br />
common rule <strong>of</strong> thumb among most university Extension specialists is “If the decision to replant<br />
is difficult, then there are probably enough plants to keep the stand.”<br />
Table 7. Date and Probability <strong>of</strong> a fall freeze by location.<br />
Probability<br />
Location 50% 25% 10%<br />
Bolivar 11-Oct 31-Oct 18-Nov<br />
Brownsville 8-Oct 5-Nov 30-Nov<br />
Covington 26-Oct 12-Nov 26-Nov<br />
Jackson 24-Oct 31-Oct 7-Nov<br />
Martin 15-Oct 7-Nov 28-Nov<br />
Memphis 6-Nov 13-Nov 19-Nov<br />
Milan 17-Oct 7-Nov 26-Nov<br />
Murfreesboro 13-Oct 4-Nov 25-Nov<br />
Newbern 13-Oct 6-Nov 28-Nov<br />
Samburg 15-Oct 6-Nov 25-Nov<br />
Savannah 20-Oct 10-Nov 29-Nov<br />
33
Table 8. Length <strong>of</strong> row need for 1/1000 th <strong>of</strong> an acre.<br />
Row Spacing (inches)<br />
7.5 10 15 30 36 38 40<br />
row length needed for 1/1000th acre<br />
69' 8" 52' 3" 34' 10" 17' 5" 14' 6" 13' 9" 13' 8"<br />
*<strong>Plant</strong> populations for UNR cotton should be evaluated by plants per square foot<br />
<strong>Plant</strong> Growth Regulators<br />
Mepiquat choloride (Pix) plant growth regulator benefits cotton production in the management <strong>of</strong><br />
boll rot and excessive vegetative growth. The use <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride may result in one or more<br />
<strong>of</strong> the following: height reduction, shorter limbs, more open canopy, better boll retention, less<br />
boll rot, improved defoliation and a darker green leaf color. Mepiquat-type plant growth<br />
regulators (PGRs) are products containing mepiquat chloride (such as Pix ® ; Mepex ® ; or<br />
Mepichlor ® ), mixtures <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride with other materials (such as Pix Plus ® ; Mepex<br />
Plus ® ; or Pix Ultra ® ), or other mepiquat-based compounds ( Pentia ® ).<br />
Like any agricultural PGR, applying mepiquat-type PGRs to cotton alters the internal hormone<br />
balance <strong>of</strong> the plant. Specifically, the mepiquat ion reduces plant synthesis <strong>of</strong> gibberellic acid by<br />
partially inhibiting one <strong>of</strong> the enzymes involved in its synthesis. One <strong>of</strong> the roles <strong>of</strong> gibberellic<br />
acids in plants is to promote cell expansion during growth, which is limited by cell wall<br />
development. Cell walls exposed to mepiquat develop and harden faster, so cells do not expand<br />
as much as untreated cells. The smaller cells in growing shoots <strong>of</strong> cotton result in shorter<br />
internodes in stems and branches. Therefore shoot growth is more compact if mepiquat-type<br />
PGRs are applied. For the reduction <strong>of</strong> cell size to affect plant height, at least 10 parts per million<br />
<strong>of</strong> mepiquat ion is required according to research by Juan Landivar and colleagues in Texas.<br />
Larger plants require a higher application rate to reach this concentration. <strong>Plant</strong> concentration <strong>of</strong><br />
mepiquat ion may be reduced by growth dilution, which is observed as plants “grow out <strong>of</strong>”<br />
earlier mepiquat applications. Table 8 indicates plant growth vigor at different stages <strong>of</strong><br />
development.<br />
Table 9. Height to node ratios for cotton PGR decisions. (Jost et al 2005)<br />
Growth Stage Normal Stressed Vegetative<br />
HNR (inches/node)<br />
Seedling 0.5-0.75 - -<br />
Early Squaring 0.75-1.2 0.7 >1.3<br />
Large Square - First<br />
Flower<br />
1.2-1.7 1.9<br />
Early Bloom 1.7-2.0 2.5<br />
Early Bloom + 2 weeks 2.0-2.2 2.5<br />
Jost, P., S. M. Brown, S. Culpepper, G. Harris, B Kermerait, P. Roberts, D. Shurley, and J.<br />
Williams. 2005. 2005 Georgia Cotton production guide p 37-39.<br />
Reduction <strong>of</strong> stem cell size and plant height with mepiquat has many other effects on the plant.<br />
Total leaf area is reduced, and a greater proportion <strong>of</strong> sunlight penetrates to lower leaves, which<br />
34
can reduce the occurrence <strong>of</strong> boll rot. Resources such as energy and nutrients that would<br />
otherwise go into cell expansion and vegetative growth is available to support reproductive<br />
development. Together, these effects shift a greater proportion <strong>of</strong> boll production to lower nodal<br />
positions than in untreated cotton. This shift can lead to earlier cutout and maturity <strong>of</strong> the crop,<br />
which is <strong>of</strong>ten beneficial to cotton grown in short-season environments like Tennessee.<br />
The producer has the option <strong>of</strong> a single, dual, or up to four low-rate multiple applications <strong>of</strong><br />
mepiquat chloride. When cotton is under stress from dry soil conditions, insect or mite pressure,<br />
disease, herbicide injury or fertility stress, the application <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride should be<br />
avoided. Wait for rain to reduce plant stress or treat to reduce insects before treating with<br />
mepiquat chloride.<br />
Mepiquat chloride can be applied using either water or oil as a diluent. When using water, apply<br />
at least three gallons per acre by air or 10 gallons with ground equipment. Thorough coverage <strong>of</strong><br />
the cotton foliage is required. When using oil as a diluent for ultra low volume (ULV) aerial<br />
application be sure to use a nonphytotoxic oil concentrate with either a petroleum or vegetable<br />
oil base. Follow the mepiquat chloride label closely for purchasing oil and mixing instructions.<br />
The use <strong>of</strong> a good quality surfactant with mepiquat chloride application can reduce the rain-safe<br />
period from eight to four hours. Mepiquat chloride has an aqueous base and is compatible with<br />
most insecticides and miticides. Compatibility can be checked by adding a teaspoon <strong>of</strong><br />
insecticide or miticide to one pint <strong>of</strong> ready-to-use spray solution <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride.<br />
Restrictions and Limitations<br />
Insect or mite damage before, at or after application <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride can lead to yield<br />
decreases.<br />
• Do not make a single application <strong>of</strong> 0.5 to 1 pint <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride to cotton that is<br />
drought stressed. If using the low rate multiple option, discontinue use until the moisture<br />
stress is alleviated.<br />
• Do not apply more than 1.5 pints <strong>of</strong> mepiquat chloride per acre per season.<br />
• Do not apply mepiquat chloride within 30 days <strong>of</strong> harvest.<br />
• Do not graze or feed cotton foliage to livestock within 30 days <strong>of</strong> application, or after<br />
applying mepiquat chloride in oil as a ULV application by air.<br />
• Do not tank mix with other products other than mentioned on label.<br />
• Do not apply mepiquat chloride through any type <strong>of</strong> irrigation system.<br />
Under good growing conditions the recommendation would be to get some mepiquat into the<br />
plant early and follow up 10-14 days later with another application. Once you have a fruit load<br />
and some plant growth control then make another application during early bloom. The best<br />
advice is to get the plant under control right around bloom. A single application <strong>of</strong> 12-16 oz has<br />
shown to be effective at early bloom then followed up as needed. The tricky part will be on<br />
rolling hills. A at bloom application should work well in most situations. For vigorous varieties<br />
that can get rank in good growth environments, a low rate (2-4 oz broadcast) application at early<br />
match-head square with follow up applications based on plant vigor should suffice. The at-bloom<br />
treatment will also work well with these varieties. Some varieties much less aggressive and at<br />
bloom applications will likely suffice for growth control. However, under the correct growing<br />
35
conditions all varieties will need growth control and situations like poor fruit load or late<br />
planting will require a more aggressive approach. A good rule <strong>of</strong> thumb is to make applications<br />
based on field history, plant vigor, variety, fruit load and weather forecast. Remember, growth<br />
control should take place before and very near bloom. PGRs can do a lot <strong>of</strong> things but they can’t<br />
shrink the plant. Take all <strong>of</strong> these into consideration when making the decision and when in<br />
doubt call an extension agent or specialist for help.<br />
Table 10. <strong>Plant</strong> growth regulator application strategies.<br />
Single or Dual Application<br />
First Application<br />
Apply when cotton is actively growing and is between 20"<br />
and 30" tall, provided cotton is not more than 7 days beyond<br />
early bloom stage (5-6 blooms per 25 row feet). If cotton is<br />
24" tall and has no blooms apply Mepiquat chloride plant<br />
regulator. Use 2 pint per acre on cotton where excessive<br />
vegetative growth is not likely to be a problem, and 1 pint per<br />
acre in areas tending to have excessive vegetative growth.<br />
Second Application<br />
Field has a history <strong>of</strong> excessive growth, and/or conditions<br />
after the first application are favorable for excessive growth,<br />
apply a second application 2 to 3 weeks after the first<br />
application.<br />
Multiple Low-rate applications<br />
First Application:<br />
Match head square stage <strong>of</strong> growth.<br />
Second Application:<br />
14 days later, or when excessive re-growth occurs.<br />
Third Application:<br />
14 days later, or when excessive re-growth occurs.<br />
Fourth Application:<br />
14 days later, or when excessive re-growth occurs.<br />
Rate per acre<br />
Mepiquat Stance<br />
0.5-1.0 pint 2.0-3.0 oz<br />
0.5 pint 2.0 oz<br />
Mepiquat<br />
2.0-4.0 oz<br />
2.0-4.0 oz<br />
2.0-4.0 oz<br />
2.0-4.0 oz<br />
Defoliation and Harvest Timing<br />
Defoliation is an <strong>of</strong>ten-overlooked process that if done properly, can pay large dividends.<br />
Defoliation is relatively easy in some situations and extremely difficult in others. Defoliation is<br />
the application <strong>of</strong> chemicals to encourage or force cotton leaves to drop from the plant in order to<br />
harvest the crop in a timely manner. Proper defoliation requires a balancing act between killing<br />
the leaves too quickly or not affecting the leaf at all. Successful defoliation requires that the leaf<br />
must stay alive long enough to begin the formation <strong>of</strong> an abscission zone resulting in leaf drop.<br />
Killing the leaf too rapidly results in a leaf that is frozen or "stuck" to the plant, creating<br />
unnecessary trash.<br />
Proper defoliation is a pr<strong>of</strong>itable part <strong>of</strong> a total cotton management system. Benefits include:<br />
1. Elimination <strong>of</strong> the main source <strong>of</strong> stain and trash, resulting in better grades.<br />
36
2. Faster and more efficient picker operation.<br />
3. Quicker drying <strong>of</strong> dew, allowing picking to begin earlier in the day.<br />
4. Straightening <strong>of</strong> lodged plants for more efficient picking.<br />
5. Retardation <strong>of</strong> boll rot.<br />
6. Potential stimulation <strong>of</strong> boll opening, which can increase earliness, yield, and pr<strong>of</strong>it.<br />
When to defoliate<br />
There are many ways to determine proper defoliation timing but the following have proven to be<br />
effective.<br />
NAWF 5 + 850 DD60’s<br />
Using heat unit accumulation after NAWF 5 has some merit when determining defoliation<br />
timing. Calculating DD60’s after NAWF is a good way to gauge crop maturity and should only<br />
be used in combination with other techniques. This method is almost certainly the first to<br />
recommend defoliation and can sometimes be too early. DD60 accumulation after NAWF should<br />
always be accompanied by % open boll and the sharp knife technique to ensure that premature<br />
defoliation does not occur. Early defoliation can reduce micronaire but it has also shown to<br />
reduce yield in many situations. One must first weigh the benefits <strong>of</strong> decreased micronaire vs.<br />
the potential yield loss.<br />
Percent Open Boll<br />
Measuring percent open boll has been the standard defoliation technique for many years and is<br />
still the “old standby”. It is generally safe to defoliate when 60 percent <strong>of</strong> the bolls are open.<br />
However this strategy may not work well in situations where fruit has been set over a varying<br />
period <strong>of</strong> time due to plant stresses. In some situations, defoliation at 60 percent open would be<br />
premature and cut short the development <strong>of</strong> the top bolls, therefore reducing yield and<br />
micronaire. On the other hand, a crop set in a short period <strong>of</strong> time could be safely defoliated at<br />
40 to 50 percent open boll. Many producers under estimate percent open boll and may be waiting<br />
until 70-80% open to defoliate. Measuring % open boll from the truck will generally<br />
underestimate % open boll. I encourage all producers to measure 3 feet <strong>of</strong> row in 10 places in the<br />
field and actually count open and closed bolls. This is the only way to accurately determine %<br />
open boll.<br />
Node above Cracked Boll (NACB)<br />
A NACB <strong>of</strong> 4 is usually safe for defoliation. However, low plant populations (less than two<br />
plants per foot <strong>of</strong> row) may need a NACB count <strong>of</strong> 3 to be safe. Low plant populations result in<br />
a less evenly distributed crop with high numbers <strong>of</strong> bolls set on vegetative branches and outer<br />
positions <strong>of</strong> fruiting branches. To use NACB, find the uppermost first position cracked boll and<br />
count upwards on the plant to the uppermost harvestable boll. Once the NACB has been<br />
determined, cut the uppermost harvestable boll to inspect the lint and seed. If the boll is mature<br />
then defoliation is safe. If the uppermost harvestable boll is immature, wait until NACB <strong>of</strong> 3.<br />
Sharp Knife Technique<br />
The sharp knife technique should be used to validate all methods <strong>of</strong> defoliation timing. Choose<br />
the uppermost boll that has a chance <strong>of</strong> contributing to yield. Make a cross section <strong>of</strong> the boll<br />
with a sharp knife. Bolls are generally safe when they are difficult to cut and a cross section <strong>of</strong><br />
the seed reveals folded cotyledons, absence <strong>of</strong> jelly and darkened seed coats.<br />
37
The boll on the left illustrates a cross section <strong>of</strong> an immature boll revealing undeveloped<br />
cotyledons. The boll in the center is nearly mature, while the boll on the right is a fully mature<br />
boll.<br />
Hal Lewis Method<br />
The Hal Lewis Method <strong>of</strong> timing defoliation has gained momentum over the last several years<br />
and has shown promise in predicting end <strong>of</strong> season micronaire. The system uses a representative<br />
sample <strong>of</strong> the bottom four first position bolls and compares the micronaire to a chart which<br />
predicts whole field micronaire. If whole field micronaire is predicted to be in the discount<br />
range, defoliation is recommended. The technique could save a producer from discounts while<br />
maintaining yields. The website highlighted above gives detailed sampling instructions for those<br />
producers interested in using this method.<br />
Regardless <strong>of</strong> which method you prefer, a combination <strong>of</strong> several <strong>of</strong> the techniques should<br />
always be used. All growers are urged to walk as many <strong>of</strong> their fields as possible and determine<br />
the overall maturity <strong>of</strong> their crop. Rarely do all portions <strong>of</strong> a field mature at the same time but<br />
some <strong>of</strong> the risks <strong>of</strong> defoliating too early or late can be reduced by using a combination <strong>of</strong> the<br />
aforementioned techniques.<br />
Once producers decide that defoliation is needed, they must determine when the chemical should<br />
be applied, what material(s) will be applied, and how much material(s) to apply. Crop condition<br />
and air temperatures will largely determine the selection <strong>of</strong> defoliation materials and rates. Still,<br />
desired defoliation materials and rates <strong>of</strong> application <strong>of</strong>ten change during the season with<br />
changes in crop condition and weather. In the end, the two most important factors in determining<br />
when to defoliate are crop maturity and desired harvest schedule.<br />
Poor defoliation can be economically costly.<br />
Defoliation should be coordinated with picker availability. Applications should be timed so that<br />
harvesting can keep up with defoliation. In general, defoliate only as much acreage as can be<br />
harvested in about 12 days. Early defoliation <strong>of</strong> excess acreage can decrease yields, expose lint<br />
to weather more than necessary, and increase the likelihood <strong>of</strong> significant regrowth. When<br />
harvesting capacity is low for the acreage involved, consider abandoning the "once-over"<br />
strategy and plan to "scrap" or "second-pick" the acreage picked during the first week. This may<br />
improve grades and prevent losses should unfavorable weather shorten the harvest season.<br />
38
Defoliants work best on mature cotton under warm, humid, sunny conditions. Cool temperatures<br />
at the time <strong>of</strong> application and for the 3 to 5 days afterward can retard the activity <strong>of</strong> defoliants<br />
and cause less than desirable defoliation. If possible, defoliants should not be applied during cool<br />
snaps. Better defoliation will occur if you can wait for a warm spell that is predicted to last for at<br />
least 3 to 4 days. Defoliation is not always justified. Cotton that is completely cutout with<br />
"tough" leaves may not need defoliation if harvested with care. In this situation, it is important<br />
not to pick too early or late in the day to avoid excess moisture. If you are considering picking<br />
without defoliation, pick a trailer full and see how well it cleans up at the gin. If the gin can clean<br />
the lint so that it will grade a 41 or better, then defoliation may not be needed.<br />
Types <strong>of</strong> Defoliants:<br />
Defoliants can be categorized as having either herbicidal or hormonal activity. Def, Folex,<br />
Harvade, and Aim are herbicidal-type defoliants that injure the plant, causing it to produce<br />
ethylene in response to this injury. The ethylene promotes abscission and leaf drop. If these<br />
defoliants are applied at rates too high for the temperature, they kill the leaf too quickly before<br />
ethylene can be produced. This results in desiccation or "leaf stick" instead <strong>of</strong> the desired<br />
defoliation (leaf drop). Dropp, FreeFall, Finish, CottonQuik, and Prep are hormonal defoliants<br />
that result in increased ethylene synthesis by the plant. Prep releases ethylene, which stimulates<br />
further ethylene synthesis in the plant, resulting in abscission zone formation in the boll walls<br />
and leaf petioles. Dropp is a type <strong>of</strong> hormone called a cytokinin. Although cytokinins promote<br />
leaf health in most plant species, in cotton and related species such as velvetleaf, cytokinins<br />
promote ethylene synthesis and act as a defoliant. Because these hormonal-type defoliants<br />
bypass herbicidal injury, they are not as likely to cause desiccation (leaf stick) as herbicidal<br />
defoliants.<br />
Herbicidal Defoliants<br />
Def 6 and Folex 6: These phosphate-type materials have been the standard defoliants in<br />
Tennessee for several years. Their performance is essentially equal and they are effective over a<br />
broad range <strong>of</strong> environment conditions. Minimum temperature for optimum performance is 55-<br />
60 degrees F. These materials do not inhibit regrowth or appreciably improve boll opening and<br />
activity improves with increased maturity <strong>of</strong> the crop. Leaf removal with each <strong>of</strong> these products<br />
is usually rapid and addition <strong>of</strong> surfactants <strong>of</strong>fers benefit only under adverse conditions. One<br />
thing is certain; both products have a pungent odor.<br />
Labeled Rates: 16—32 oz per acre<br />
Harvade: Harvade has generally provided defoliation <strong>of</strong> mature cotton equal to Def 6 and Folex<br />
6 but is usually slower. Harvade does not inhibit regrowth or improve boll opening. Addition<br />
crop oil concentrate (1 pt./A) is necessary for acceptable defoliation. Addition <strong>of</strong> Harvade will<br />
increase desiccation <strong>of</strong> morningglories and other viney weeds. Harvade has very little odor.<br />
Labeled Rates:<br />
Lintplus: Lintplus is a dimethipin (Harvade) product. Lintplus is a plant growth regulant that<br />
affects certain plant processes, which lead to defoliation and lint maturation. Lintplus is used<br />
primarily as a preconditioning treatment applied at 10-30% open bolls and <strong>of</strong>fers some<br />
desiccation <strong>of</strong> weed species. Lintplus generally requires a follow up treatment.<br />
Labeled Rate: 20 oz per acre<br />
39
Ginstar: Ginstar is an emulsifiable concentrate formulation <strong>of</strong> thidiazuron (active ingredient in<br />
Dropp and FreeFall) and diuron (Karmex, Direx). It is applied to mature cotton at least 5 days<br />
before harvest, but defoliation may take longer under cool conditions. Addition <strong>of</strong> adjuvants or<br />
excess rates can cause desiccation or “stuck leaves” under warm conditions. The Ginstar label<br />
does not discuss tank mixtures, but tank mixtures with ethephon have enhanced boll-opening<br />
activity.<br />
Labeled Rates: 6.4—16 oz per acre<br />
Paraquat (Gramoxone Max, Boa): Paraquat can aid in opening <strong>of</strong> mature bolls when 2.1 to<br />
3.3 oz./A are mixed with Def, Folex, Dropp, Harvade, or Ethephon.<br />
Labeled Rates: 2.1—3.3 oz per acre<br />
Leafless: Leafless is a combination <strong>of</strong> thidiazuron (Dropp) and dimethipin (Harvade). It<br />
combines the benefits <strong>of</strong> dimethipin listed above with good to excellent regrowth inhibition, and<br />
removal <strong>of</strong> juvenile growth provided by thidiazuron. Limited research has also shown that split<br />
applications <strong>of</strong> Leafless are effective in defoliating rank cotton. The recommended rate <strong>of</strong> 10-12<br />
ounces per acre delivers the equivalent <strong>of</strong> 0.125-0.15 lbs. Dropp/Freefall and 6.7-7.7 ounces per<br />
acre Harvade. If morningglory desiccation is desired, additional Harvade and Prep will be<br />
required. Crop oil concentrate at 0.5 to 1.0 pints per acre should be added to Leafless.<br />
Labeled Rates: 10—12 oz per acre<br />
Aim: Aim is a herbicidal defoliant that was registered for use as a defoliant in 2001. Aim has<br />
excellent activity in desiccation <strong>of</strong> juvenile growth, but does not inhibit regrowth. In mature<br />
cotton, and/or cool conditions, Aim activity has been shown to be similar to Def or Folex. In<br />
warm conditions, however, less than desirable defoliation and excessive desiccation has been<br />
shown with Aim. In situations in which two applications are necessary, Aim has performed very<br />
well as the second application. Aim has shown excellent activity in desiccating morningglories.<br />
In situations with thick vines, Aim alone or in combination with other defoliants will desiccate<br />
morningglories very well. Aim can be tankmixed with any <strong>of</strong> the other defoliants, and the<br />
addition <strong>of</strong> 1% v/v crop oil is needed.<br />
Labeled Rates: 1—1.5 oz per acre<br />
glyphosate (many formulations): Glyphosate provides excellent regrowth inhibition <strong>of</strong><br />
conventional (non-Roundup Ready) cotton when applied in conjunction with defoliants or<br />
ethephon and results in excellent johnsongrass control. Check specific product labels for<br />
registrations as a harvest aide.<br />
Labeled Rates: 13–51 oz per acre weed and regrowth control in non-RR cotton<br />
Hormonal Defoliants and Boll Opening Materials<br />
Dropp: (Dropp 50WP, FreeFall): These thidiazuron products are formulated as a wettable<br />
powder. They require a 24-hour rainfree period and are also sensitive to cool weather. Dropp<br />
should not be applied when the average 24-hour temperature is predicted to be below 60 degrees<br />
F for two to three days after application. Although Dropp is slower in leaf removal than Def or<br />
Folex and may leave some bottom leaves, Dropp effectively removes younger leaves at the shoot<br />
tips. Dropp does not improve boll opening. However, Dropp will strongly inhibit regrowth when<br />
40
applied under favorable weather conditions. If Dropp is used under less than favorable<br />
conditions, the addition <strong>of</strong> crop oil concentrate (1 pt./A) or methyl parathion (0.25 lb./A) may<br />
enhance the activity <strong>of</strong> this material. It is important to follow suggested cleanout procedures with<br />
Dropp or FreeFall.<br />
Labeled Rates: 0.1—0.4 lb ai per acre<br />
Finish 6 Pro: Finish contains ethephon and the synergist cyclanilide that aids in defoliation.<br />
Finish is an excellent boll opener and can be a stand-alone product in cooler temperatures and<br />
well-cutout situations. Finish also exhibits a limited level <strong>of</strong> regrowth control. Finish is generally<br />
a faster boll opener than ethephon and can be tankmixed with thidiazuron, phosphate materials,<br />
and Ginstar.<br />
CottonQuik: CottonQuik also contains the boll opener ethephon and a synergist different from<br />
the one found in Finish. It is an excellent boll opener. Acceptable defoliation with CottonQuik<br />
alone requires mature cotton with mature leaves. In cases <strong>of</strong> rank growth, or the potential for<br />
regrowth, the addition <strong>of</strong> Dropp, Freefall, Def, or Folex is recommended.<br />
Desiccants<br />
Sodium Chlorate: More than one brand <strong>of</strong> sodium chlorate may be available. Higher rates <strong>of</strong><br />
sodium chlorate may act as a desiccant, tending to stick leaves on the cotton plant. At normal use<br />
rates for defoliation, sodium chlorate is generally not as effective as the other defoliants. It is not<br />
a strong inhibitor <strong>of</strong> terminal growth. Do not mix the chlorates with phosphate defoliants,<br />
phosphate insecticides or Prep.<br />
Paraquat (Gramoxone Max, Boa): Use higher rates for desiccation <strong>of</strong> weeds and for stripperharvested<br />
cotton.<br />
Defoliating Drought-Stressed and Rank Cotton<br />
Drought-stressed cotton <strong>of</strong>ten has thick cuticles and leathery leaves that inhibit the uptake <strong>of</strong><br />
many defoliants. The potential for regrowth is <strong>of</strong>ten high due to unused nitrogen remaining after<br />
premature cutout. The uptake <strong>of</strong> Dropp or Freefall appears to be slightly inhibited in droughtstressed<br />
cotton and higher rates may be needed. Leafless and Ginstar both deliver a liquid form<br />
<strong>of</strong> thidiazuron and limited research suggests that their uptake may be less affected by droughtstressed<br />
cotton than Dropp or Freefall. Tank-mixtures with Def or Folex as well as the addition<br />
<strong>of</strong> silicone surfactants or ammonium sulfate has been shown to increase the uptake <strong>of</strong> Dropp or<br />
Freefall on drought stressed cotton. However, use caution when applying higher rates or<br />
adjuvants in warmer weather as desiccation and stuck leaves may result.<br />
Obtaining adequate coverage makes defoliation <strong>of</strong> rank cotton challenging. A common mistake<br />
is to increase rates in an effort to achieve better defoliation. Increased rates are likely to cause<br />
leaf desiccation at the top <strong>of</strong> the plant because most spray solution is intercepted there. In rank<br />
situations, the best approach is to apply normal rates, keeping in mind that a second application<br />
is likely to be necessary. Rank cotton is generally more expensive to defoliate than normal<br />
cotton. However, if a good job is done on the first application, the second application may not<br />
require the high rates or complex tank mixes. Additionally, a boll opener can be more effective if<br />
added to the second application.<br />
41
Drought-stressed cotton has thicker cuticles that limit the penetration <strong>of</strong> some products. In high<br />
temperatures, combinations <strong>of</strong> herbicidal-type defoliants may desiccate leaves. Regrowth is <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
a problem if rainfall occurs following application. Regrowth can be a concern with applications<br />
<strong>of</strong> Def or Folex alone or tank-mixed with ethephon depending on moisture conditions and<br />
temperature following application Activity <strong>of</strong> most defoliants is reduced under cooler conditions<br />
and higher rates will be needed. Regrowth is generally not as big a concern as with warmer<br />
temperatures. Boll openers should be added to all treatments to ensure boll opening in the event<br />
<strong>of</strong> freezing temperatures.<br />
Cotton Diseases<br />
Seedling diseases routinely cause losses for cotton producers in Tennessee. They comprise the<br />
number one disease problem. The estimated loss averages 9.3 percent annually, based on a range<br />
<strong>of</strong> 5 to 18 percent since 1989. The average seedling disease loss for the U. S. Cottonbelt is only 3<br />
percent annually for the same period. During cool, wet planting seasons, such as 1989, 1990,<br />
1993, 1997 and 2008, seedling diseases can become severe. Loss estimates do not include cost <strong>of</strong><br />
replanting or losses due to lateness <strong>of</strong> replanted cotton.<br />
A number <strong>of</strong> organisms are associated with cotton seedling diseases. The organisms include both<br />
seed- and soil-borne fungi and bacteria. The soil-borne fungi, Rhizoctonia solani and Pythium<br />
spp., are the most important causes <strong>of</strong> seedling diseases in Tennessee. Rhizoctonia solani is the<br />
fungus most commonly associated with seedling diseases; however, during cool, wet seasons<br />
Pythium spp. may become more prevalent. Thielaviopsis basicola is being found to cause<br />
seedling diseases more frequently each year.<br />
Symptoms<br />
The various phases <strong>of</strong> seedling diseases include seed-rot, root-rot, preemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f<br />
and postemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f. The term "seed-rot" is used to describe the decay <strong>of</strong> seed before<br />
germination.<br />
Root-rot (or black-root) may occur anytime after germination <strong>of</strong> the seed, but may not become<br />
conspicuous or cause severe damage until after the emergence <strong>of</strong> the seedling. Preemergence<br />
damping-<strong>of</strong>f refers to the disease condition in which the seedling is killed between germination<br />
and emergence from the soil. The death <strong>of</strong> seedlings resulting shortly after their emergence from<br />
the soil is termed postemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f. The latter is referred to as "sore shin" when<br />
only stem girdling occurs. Rhizoctonia is usually the cause <strong>of</strong> sore shin.<br />
Seedling Disease Control<br />
Seed treatments: Fungicide seed treatments give control <strong>of</strong> seed-rot and some control <strong>of</strong><br />
preemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f. However, seed treatment gives little, if any, control <strong>of</strong> postemergence<br />
damping-<strong>of</strong>f and root-rot. Seed treatment is quite effective in controlling seed-borne<br />
diseases.<br />
Soil treatments: Postemergence damping-<strong>of</strong>f and root-rot can be controlled to some extent by<br />
soil treatment. Three methods <strong>of</strong> applying soil fungicides are recommended in Tennessee. These<br />
methods are the hopper-box method, the in-furrow spray method and the in-furrow granule<br />
42
method. These methods should be used in addition to the recommended seed treatments.<br />
Producers are advised to use the seedling disease point system on Table 3 to determine if<br />
fungicide application is necessary.<br />
Hopper-Box Method: Mix recommended fungicides thoroughly with fuzzy, re-ginned or acid<br />
delinted seed just before planting. Mixing may be done in a container, such as a tub, or<br />
alternating layers <strong>of</strong> seed and fungicide as they are placed in the hopper. Hopper-box fungicides<br />
cannot be applied as effectively on acid-delinted seed.<br />
Application <strong>of</strong> the fungicide in the hopper-box may change the seeding rate, and<br />
recalibration <strong>of</strong> the planter may be required. Because <strong>of</strong> handling and mixing the hopper-box<br />
materials, clogging <strong>of</strong> the planter and abrasive action <strong>of</strong> the chemical, this method is not as<br />
desirable as the in-furrow methods. Although less expensive, it is also less effective; but when<br />
used properly, gives better results than seed treatments alone, especially under lower disease<br />
pressure.<br />
In-Furrow Spray Method: This method consists <strong>of</strong> applying a soil fungicide into the seed<br />
furrow and to the covering soil during the planting operation. Application is best accomplished<br />
with two spray nozzles mounted on the planter. A cone-pattern nozzle is suggested for applying<br />
the material into the furrow behind the planter shoe. This nozzle should be placed far enough<br />
behind the shoe to prevent wetting and clogging <strong>of</strong> the seed spout. The second nozzle should be<br />
placed so as to direct the spray into the covering soil in front <strong>of</strong> the press wheel. The<br />
recommended height for the front nozzle is 12 inches above the original soil surface, with a<br />
TX6 tip and 2 to 3 inches above the soil for the back nozzle with a TX3 tip. Where space is<br />
limited and two nozzles cannot be used, substitute one nozzle with an TX8 or TX10 tip. Use 3-5<br />
gallons <strong>of</strong> water per acre.<br />
In-Furrow Granule Method: Granular fungicides or fungicide-insecticide combinations have<br />
given good control <strong>of</strong> seedling disease. They can be applied with applicators used for other<br />
granular chemicals and eliminate the need for additional spray equipment and water with the<br />
spray method. Effective control with granules depends on proper placement in the furrow<br />
between the seed spout and the covering device.<br />
Leaf Spots and Blights<br />
Several leaf spot and blight diseases occur on cotton and under favorable conditions can cause<br />
considerable damage. The most important <strong>of</strong> these diseases are Ascochyta blight (wet weather<br />
blight), bacterial blight (blackarm and angular leaf spot), Cercospora leaf spot and Alternaria leaf<br />
spot. These diseases cause various types <strong>of</strong> leaf-spot and blight symptoms. The following<br />
measures will help control these minor disease problems: (1) use a recommended fungicidal<br />
seed treatment, (2) destroy crop residue by chopping and plowing it under, (3) use suitable<br />
rotations as prescribed for other diseases, (4) plant resistant varieties when they are available,<br />
and (5) keep potassium fertility at a high level according to soil tests.<br />
43
Cotton Disease Control Guide<br />
1. PLANT HIGH-QUALITY SEED with 80 percent-plus germination.<br />
2. TREAT SEED with a fungicide to avoid early losses.<br />
3. SOIL TEMPERATURE should be 65-70 F before planting.<br />
4. IN-FURROW SOIL fungicides should be used in addition to seed treatments, not in<br />
place <strong>of</strong> them.<br />
5. ROTATE to avoid the build up <strong>of</strong> disease organisms.<br />
6. DISEASE-RESISTANT VARIETIES should be planted.<br />
7. CULTURAL PRACTICES, such as planting on a bed, also helps prevent disease<br />
When using a single delivery tube, attach a flared baffle to the end approximately at a 45- to 90-<br />
degree angle to the row to obtain a 2-3 inch wide band. Granules then fall into the furrow from<br />
the seed drop to the covering device. If hill planting, a single delivery tube may be placed in the<br />
seed spout <strong>of</strong> some planters rather than using the baffle. If the delivery tube cannot be placed in<br />
the hill-drop attachment, a drill rate is required to be effective. When using either method, be<br />
sure the granules are well-dispersed around the seed and in the covering soil to avoid injury or<br />
ineffective disease control.<br />
Cultural Practices: Certain cultural practices can help considerably in controlling seedling<br />
disease. Turning under crop residues as early as possible is suggested. Also, crop rotation with<br />
soybeans, corn, or grass will help prevent the buildup <strong>of</strong> organisms pathogenic to cotton<br />
seedlings. A well-prepared seedbed greatly enhances the chances <strong>of</strong> a good stand. <strong>Plant</strong>ing on<br />
beds has been shown to be <strong>of</strong> considerable value in some seasons by providing better drainage<br />
and warmer soil temperatures.<br />
Use certified seed or high-quality seed with a germination <strong>of</strong> 80 percent or higher. An important<br />
practice is to plant only when soil temperatures reach 65-70 F and are expected to remain that<br />
high or higher for an extended period <strong>of</strong> time<br />
Nematode Management<br />
For several years, reinform nematodes (Rotylenchulus reniformis) have been a severe problem in<br />
cotton production in several states south <strong>of</strong> Tennessee. In the fall <strong>of</strong> 1997 and 1998 the reinform<br />
nematode was found in several fields in Madison and Crockett counties. This nematode is spread<br />
very easily on farm equipment. Producers should sample their cotton land for this nematode in<br />
the fall after harvest.<br />
No current varieties are resistant to the reniform nematode. If reniform nematode is present,<br />
producers should either rotate with a non-host crop such as corn or grain sorghum or with<br />
soybean varieties resistant to reniform. Temik 15G at 5 lb./acre applied in-furrow at planting will<br />
reduce the reniform nematode population for the early part <strong>of</strong> the season.<br />
Insect Management<br />
Integrated Pest Management<br />
An Integrated Pest Management (IPM) program integrates control tactics including cultural<br />
practices, variety selection, biological control and insecticides to manage/control insect pest<br />
populations so that economic damage and harmful environmental side effects are minimized.<br />
44
Insecticides should only be used on an as-needed basis; therefore, insect scouting must be<br />
conducted regularly throughout the season to determine if an insecticide application is warranted.<br />
Scouting/Monitoring: Insect populations vary from year to year and field to field during the<br />
growing season. All fields should be monitored for both insect pests and beneficial populations<br />
at least weekly during the season, preferably twice weekly after blooming has begun. In areas <strong>of</strong><br />
high insect pressure or increasing populations, twice-a-week scouting is recommended.<br />
Monitoring plant growth and development is an important aspect <strong>of</strong> crop management,<br />
maximizing yield potential and managing insects.<br />
Two basic components <strong>of</strong> decision making in IPM are the economic injury level (EIL) and the<br />
economic threshold (ET). The EIL is defined as the lowest pest population density that will cause<br />
economic damage. The EIL is a pre-determined number that will justify the cost <strong>of</strong> treatment.<br />
The ET is defined as the pest population level at which control should be initiated to keep the<br />
pest population from reaching economically damaging numbers.<br />
Economic thresholds have been established for specific insect pests. Multiple pest thresholds are<br />
not well established. Therefore, it is important to monitor the plant for fruit loss and retention<br />
levels to evaluate treatment thresholds, involving either single or multiple pests. When losses<br />
from multiple pests are occurring, fixed individual pest thresholds may become dynamic or<br />
change. Decisions to apply controls should be based on thorough scouting and identification <strong>of</strong><br />
pests, cost <strong>of</strong> insecticide, the price <strong>of</strong> cotton, yield potential and fruit retention goals. The<br />
economic value <strong>of</strong> each fruiting form changes on each fruiting branch (node); therefore, it is<br />
important to know how this value is distributed on the plant. The value and placement <strong>of</strong> fruit<br />
being protected should be considered when making treatment decisions. Monitor fruit retention<br />
levels weekly, along with insects. Scheduled insecticide sprays should be avoided. Unnecessary<br />
applications <strong>of</strong> insecticide are not cost effective. Applications <strong>of</strong> insecticides on an as-needed<br />
basis will preserve beneficial insects, reducing the likelihood <strong>of</strong> secondary pest outbreaks.<br />
Certain production practices can have a significant impact on insect pest infestations. Some<br />
practices may increase the risk <strong>of</strong> insect attack and should be avoided, while others may have<br />
some level <strong>of</strong> control value. A production practice that has a negative impact on insect pests is<br />
desirable and is termed a cultural control. Some common cultural control practices include:<br />
• Fall Stalk Destruction: Destruction <strong>of</strong> cotton stalks as soon as possible following harvest<br />
reduces the food supply for boll weevils, thereby reducing the size <strong>of</strong> the overwintering<br />
population.<br />
• Pre-plant Vegetation Management: Destruction <strong>of</strong> weeds and/or cover crops by tillage or<br />
herbicide three or more weeks prior to planting will reduce the risk <strong>of</strong> cutworm infestations.<br />
• Field Border Maintenance: <strong>Plant</strong> bugs <strong>of</strong>ten build up on flowering plants surrounding<br />
cotton fields and move into fields when these preferred hosts dry up or are destroyed. Timely<br />
mowing <strong>of</strong> such vegetation can aid in reducing available hosts for plant bugs.<br />
• Managing for Earliness: Early crop maturity decreases the period <strong>of</strong> crop susceptibility to<br />
yield loss by insects, reduces insect control costs and lowers selection pressure for resistance<br />
development to insecticides.<br />
45
Crop Management Considerations<br />
Insecticide Resistance: Management <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworm in conventional cotton varieties has<br />
become more difficult in Tennessee due to the development <strong>of</strong> pyrethroid-resistant populations.<br />
Historically, budworm populations have been higher in the southern part <strong>of</strong> the state, but high<br />
populations can also occur in other areas. In response to tobacco budworm resistance, and the<br />
potential for resistance in bollworm and tarnished plant bug populations, a resistance<br />
management plan will continue to be recommended.<br />
The goal <strong>of</strong> the Insecticide Resistance Management Plan is to improve the potential <strong>of</strong><br />
maintaining effective full-season control <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworm, bollworm and tarnished plant bug<br />
by the use <strong>of</strong> different classes <strong>of</strong> chemistry in a logical sequence throughout the season, without<br />
placing excessive reliance on any single class <strong>of</strong> chemistry.<br />
In general, levels <strong>of</strong> resistance are lowest during the early part <strong>of</strong> the growing season but increase<br />
sharply following repeated exposure to a single class <strong>of</strong> chemistry. Therefore, repeated use <strong>of</strong> a<br />
single class <strong>of</strong> chemistry may no longer provide effective control. As a result, there is a potential<br />
risk <strong>of</strong> sustaining economic losses. Following a resistance management plan is a recommended<br />
method to reduce the risk.<br />
Because cotton insect pest management is dynamic, these guidelines cannot address all<br />
situations. Therefore, these recommendations are not intended to limit the pr<strong>of</strong>essional judgment<br />
<strong>of</strong> qualified individuals. However, the maximum benefit <strong>of</strong> a resistance management strategy<br />
can only be realized if all producers in a wide geographic area participate.<br />
Selection <strong>of</strong> insecticides should be based on insect pests present in the field, stage <strong>of</strong> crop<br />
development, effects on non-target organisms and the risk <strong>of</strong> contributing to resistance problems<br />
in subsequent generations.<br />
Insecticide selection for bollworm and tobacco budworm control should be made after<br />
determining the population mix and size <strong>of</strong> the infestation within a community, farm or field.<br />
When dealing with resistance, this determination can mean a control success or failure. Use all<br />
available information and techniques including scouting reports, pheromone trap catches, moth<br />
flushing counts, identification <strong>of</strong> “worms” and egg test kits.<br />
Phase I (<strong>Plant</strong>ing through June): Phase I corresponds to that time between planting and first<br />
bloom. The first field generation <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworm and bollworm generally occurs during this<br />
time.<br />
The primary objective in Phase I is to preserve the efficacy <strong>of</strong> the pyrethroids and<br />
organophosphate (OP) insecticides. Use <strong>of</strong> these insecticides in June will foster resistance in<br />
tobacco budworm, bollworm and tarnished plant bug populations. Insecticides should not be<br />
applied for control <strong>of</strong> any insect pests unless scouting techniques suggest economic losses are<br />
occurring. Producers should strive for 80 percent square retention during Phase I.<br />
Consider multiple pests and adjust treatment thresholds to achieve square retention goals. A goal<br />
<strong>of</strong> 100 percent pre-bloom square retention is not realistic if multiple insecticide applications are<br />
46
equired. These additional insecticide sprays may increase cost, flare secondary pests and<br />
increase resistance selection pressure. Selection <strong>of</strong> specific compounds should consider all insect<br />
pests in the field to be treated, activity on beneficial insects and risks <strong>of</strong> contributing to control<br />
failures in subsequent generations. Automatic applications are discouraged.<br />
Calculating Percent Square Retention:<br />
• Select 20 representative plants within a field.<br />
• Examine each first fruiting position on the top five fruiting branches (nodes).<br />
• Record the total number <strong>of</strong> missing fruit from 100 possible positions.<br />
• 100 minus number missing = percent square retention.<br />
Phase II (July to end <strong>of</strong> season): Phase II includes the blooming and boll development period,<br />
during which the second and subsequent field generations <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworm/bollworm occur.<br />
It is during this window that cotton is most susceptible to insect injury, and pyrethroid or other<br />
appropriate classes <strong>of</strong> insecticides should be used whenever pest densities exceed economic<br />
thresholds. However, pyrethroid insecticides should not be used for tobacco budworm.<br />
Pyrethroid resistance in budworm populations is well established in Tennessee. In non-Bt cotton,<br />
adequate control <strong>of</strong> tobacco budworms cannot be expected with pyrethroids. If tobacco<br />
budworms are not a small percentage <strong>of</strong> the population, pyrethroid tank mixtures are not<br />
recommended. If a failure occurs with a pyrethroid or pyrethroid tank mixture, a second<br />
application with full rates <strong>of</strong> a non-pyrethroid insecticide should be made immediately. It is not<br />
realistic to expect follow-up applications made after an insecticide control failure to totally<br />
“clean-up” remaining larvae.<br />
When unsatisfactory control with foliar insecticide occurs: All control problems are not<br />
related to insecticide resistance, and several factors should be considered in response to these<br />
problems. Treatment decisions should consider a variety <strong>of</strong> factors that influence insecticide<br />
efficacy and damage potential: species composition, population density, population age structure,<br />
application timing, insecticide dosage, application methods, application carriers, treatment<br />
evaluation timing, need for multiple applications, environmental conditions and insecticide<br />
resistance levels. Good coverage using labeled rates adjusted to infestation levels is necessary for<br />
satisfactory control. Do not expect 100 percent control with any insecticide treatment. Attempts<br />
to reduce insect populations to zero damage levels are not cost-effective and result in early fieldcontrol<br />
failures.<br />
Insect Control Termination: The plant physiological stage <strong>of</strong> “cutout” can be determined<br />
when the uppermost first position white bloom has only five fruiting branches (nodes) above it<br />
(NAWF = 5). Counting from the top, the first branch has an unfolded leaf the size <strong>of</strong> a quarter.<br />
At “cutout” stage, cotton is not as attractive to late-season insects. Economic thresholds can be<br />
adjusted to higher levels in early August than those used during the critical fruiting period (node<br />
6-16) in June and July. Late insecticide applications can <strong>of</strong>ten be terminated when considering<br />
harvestable bolls that contribute to yield. Fall armyworm and European corn borer are exceptions<br />
to this late-season termination and can damage even mature bolls if not controlled. Because<br />
leaves continue to contribute photosynthate for bolls to mature, the crop should be protected<br />
from excessive defoliation due to pest such as loopers or spider mites.<br />
47
Nodes Above White Flower (NAWF): An effective decision-making guide for insecticide<br />
termination is using heat unit accumulation for a measurement <strong>of</strong> boll maturity. Current research<br />
and demonstrations suggest that accumulating 350 - 450 heat units (DD60s) from the “cutout”<br />
date (NAWF = 5) is enough time to mature yield-contributing bolls beyond the point where<br />
economic losses from bollworm/budworm are likely to occur. Bolls should be protected during<br />
this maturing period, approximately 21 days. Related research indicates that this rule also<br />
generally applies to the tarnished plant bug and stink bugs.<br />
Guidelines to Manage Tobacco Budworm and Bollworm in Non-Bt Cotton<br />
• Promote earliness (plant between April 20 and May 10 with an early-maturing variety, use an<br />
at-planting fungicide and insecticide, avoid excessive fertilization, control all insect pests when<br />
populations exceed thresholds, consider multiple pests and maintain 80 percent square retention<br />
prior to bloom).<br />
• Do not apply automatic applications <strong>of</strong> insecticides.<br />
• Scout fields twice each week if possible.<br />
• Time insecticide applications against eggs and 1 - 2 day-old larvae.<br />
• Two treatments on a 4 - 5 day interval may be needed.<br />
• Multiple applications, at median rates, are <strong>of</strong>ten more effective than a single application at a<br />
high rate.<br />
• Consider pheromone-trapping data and moth-flushing counts to determine species composition<br />
(tobacco budworm vs. bollworm) before choosing an insecticide.<br />
• Pyrethroids are generally not recommended for control <strong>of</strong> mixed budworm/bollworm<br />
populations.<br />
• Only use pyrethroids, or pyrethroids tank mixed with carbamates or organophosphates, if<br />
tobacco budworms are a small part <strong>of</strong> the population (< 25 percent) and overall larval and egg<br />
numbers are < 8 - 10 per 100 plants.<br />
• Use insecticides from different classes <strong>of</strong> chemistry if a pyrethroid failure occurs.<br />
• Improve insecticide coverage by use <strong>of</strong> hollow-cone nozzles with adequate spray volume and<br />
pressure.<br />
• Monitor crop maturity and terminate insecticide applications when yield-contributing bolls are<br />
no longer susceptible to insect damage.<br />
Bt Cotton Management<br />
Cotton containing Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) genes will continue to be available for planting in<br />
Tennessee. The use <strong>of</strong> Bt cotton is recommended in areas with high occurrence <strong>of</strong> tobacco<br />
budworm and bollworm. Bt cotton must be monitored on a regular basis for pests, including<br />
bollworm. Tobacco budworm should not cause economic damage to Bt cotton at any time during<br />
the season, and damaging infestations <strong>of</strong> bollworm are uncommon prior to bloom. Prior to<br />
bloom, concentrate efforts in Bt cotton on monitoring square retention and scouting for pests<br />
such as plant bugs. However, fields should be checked for the presence <strong>of</strong> surviving larvae if a<br />
bollworm egg lay occurs. Larvae must feed on plant tissue to ingest a toxic dose <strong>of</strong> Bt toxin. This<br />
feeding is generally superficial and will not cause economic damage. A larva that is 1/4 inch or<br />
greater in length is considered to have survived or “escaped” the toxin.<br />
During the blooming period, bollworms can damage Bt cotton. Twice a week scouting and closer<br />
examination within the plant canopy may be necessary to locate and determine bollworm<br />
48
survival before making a treatment decision. The Bt toxin should be given an opportunity to<br />
work; therefore, treatment based just on the presence <strong>of</strong> eggs is not usually recommended. An<br />
insecticide treatment may be justified if an unusually high egg lay occurs in Bt cotton, especially<br />
for the original Bollgard technology. Spray coverage and timing are critical for best control.<br />
Resistance Management Plan – Refugia: Acreage <strong>of</strong> non-Bt cotton will provide a source <strong>of</strong><br />
susceptible moths for mating with resistant moths that survive in Bt cotton. Designated refugia<br />
acreage should be located adjacent to or in close proximity <strong>of</strong> Bt-cotton acreage. The refuge<br />
should be managed with the intent <strong>of</strong> producing a viable, vigorous crop.<br />
Refuge guidelines allow a producer to select among several refuge options. The information<br />
below is intended only as a summary <strong>of</strong> these options. Please refer to the grower licensing<br />
agreement and refuge guidelines provided by the company for complete details.<br />
• Option 1 requires a 20 percent or greater acreage planted to non-Bt cotton. This acreage<br />
can be treated with conventional insecticides, except foliar Bt products, to control all<br />
caterpillar species as well as other pests. All Bt fields must be within one mile, but preferably<br />
one half mile, <strong>of</strong> the refuge field.<br />
• Option 2 is a 5 percent non-Bt refuge that can not be treated for bollworm or tobacco<br />
budworm. The refuge must be 150 feet wide, and all Bt fields must be within one half mile<br />
<strong>of</strong> the refuge. This refuge acreage should not be treated with insecticides that control<br />
caterpillar pests. Non-caterpillar pests should be treated according to treatment thresholds,<br />
but there are restrictions on the kinds and rates <strong>of</strong> insecticides that can be used (see current<br />
licensing agreement).<br />
• Option 3 is a 5 percent non-Bt, embedded refuge that can be treated for bollworm and<br />
tobacco budworm only when Bt fields are also treated. If the embedded refuge is treated<br />
for bollworm or tobacco budworm, the associated Bollgard field or field unit must be treated<br />
at the same time with the same insecticide. Foliar Bt products cannot be used on the refuge.<br />
The refuge must be part <strong>of</strong> a field or field unit and at least 150 feet wide. A “field unit” is<br />
defined as any group <strong>of</strong> fields that are contained within a one mile square (one mile by one<br />
mile) area.<br />
Bollgard II and WideStrike Cotton<br />
Bollgard II and WideStrike cottons are more effective than the original Bollgard technology,<br />
including better activity on bollworm, armyworms and loopers. Research indicates that Bollgard<br />
II and WideStrike cotton will require fewer insecticide applications for control <strong>of</strong> caterpillar<br />
pests. New thresholds and scouting procedures are not fully developed for Bollgard II or<br />
WideStrike cotton. If bollworm infestations are found, use the existing thresholds for the original<br />
Bollgard technology. Do not expect control <strong>of</strong> cutworm infestations. Bt cotton does not control<br />
tarnished plant bugs, stink bugs or other non-caterpillar pests. Refugia requirements are the same<br />
as for Bollgard cotton.<br />
Boll Weevil<br />
Tennessee is currently conducting a boll weevil eradication program, and boll weevils should not<br />
cause economic damage to any cotton fields. Evidence <strong>of</strong> boll weevil infestations should be<br />
reported immediately to boll weevil eradication <strong>of</strong>ficials. Although ULV malathion has<br />
activity on plant bugs and stink bugs, do not rely on applications by the Boll Weevil Eradication<br />
49
Program to control these pests. The timing or frequency <strong>of</strong> applications may not be adequate to<br />
provide control.<br />
Expected Occurrence <strong>of</strong> Insect Pests in Cotton<br />
Below is a timetable <strong>of</strong> when pests are typically encountered in cotton, although conditions vary<br />
from season-to-season or farm-to-farm within a season.<br />
Stages <strong>of</strong> <strong>Plant</strong><br />
Common Pests<br />
Occasional Pests<br />
Development<br />
Emergence to 5 th true leaf Thrips Aphids, Cutworms<br />
5 th true leaf to 1 st square --- Aphids, <strong>Plant</strong> bugs, Spider<br />
mites<br />
1 st square to 1 st bloom <strong>Plant</strong> bugs Aphids, Spider mites<br />
Bollworm, Tobacco<br />
budworm,<br />
After 1 st bloom<br />
Bollworm, Tobacco<br />
budworm, Stink bugs, <strong>Plant</strong><br />
bugs<br />
Aphids, Loopers, Fall and<br />
beet armyworm, Spider<br />
mites, Whiteflies<br />
Cutworms<br />
Cutworm damage occurs most frequently following legume cover crops or in reduced tillage<br />
systems. Cutworms may become established on existing vegetation and move to emerging cotton<br />
once this vegetation has been killed. Destroying all green vegetation 21 days prior to planting<br />
reduces the likelihood <strong>of</strong> cutworm attack.<br />
Treat when cutworms are damaging stand and plant population is less than three plants per row<br />
foot. Infestations may be spotty within a field and only require treatment where damage and live<br />
cutworms are found. At-planting insecticides applied in a band (no less than 10 inches) may be<br />
justified if vegetation has not been burned down at least 21 days prior to planting.<br />
Do not expect Bt cotton to control cutworms.<br />
Thrips<br />
Thrips injury causes foliar deformity (leaves crinkle and cup upward), plant stunting and delays<br />
in maturity. Preventative in-furrow or seed treatments are recommended. Under adverse growing<br />
conditions, additional treatment may be needed even when preventative controls have been used.<br />
Treat when cotton is up to a stand and thrips average one or more per plant and damage is<br />
observed.<br />
Under some conditions, in-furrow treatments may adversely affect stand. A recommended<br />
fungicide should be used in fields where in-furrow systemic insecticides are used. Aphids and<br />
early spider mites are also suppressed by in-furrow systemic insecticides. When using in-furrow<br />
materials for hill-dropped cotton, refer to the label for rate changes.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong> Bugs<br />
The tarnished plant bug and clouded plant bug are the predominant species. Cotton fleahoppers<br />
are observed some years. The sweep net is a very effective tool for monitoring adult plants bugs<br />
50
and detecting movement into the field. The ground cloth is a more effective tool for monitoring<br />
nymphs. The presence <strong>of</strong> nymphs indicates reproduction is occurring, and they generally are<br />
more common after first bloom. Visual scouting is a less reliable method but may also be used.<br />
Visual sampling should include examining terminals for adults and nymphs, and checking inside<br />
squares, blooms and small bolls for nymphs. Boll injury appears as small, dark sunken spots on<br />
the outside. Seed and lint damage is usually localized to the lock where feeding occurred.<br />
Distinguishing plant bug damage from stink bug based on external symptoms is difficult. “Dirty<br />
blooms” (anthers dark and brown) are a sign <strong>of</strong> plant bug feeding.<br />
First two weeks <strong>of</strong> squaring: Treat when plant bugs number eight or more per 100 sweeps<br />
(standard sweep net) or one or more per 6 row feet.<br />
Third week <strong>of</strong> squaring until first bloom: Treat when plant bugs number 15 per 100 sweeps or<br />
two or more per 6 row feet.<br />
From first square to first bloom: Low or dropping square retention can be a warning <strong>of</strong> plant<br />
bug problems. If square retention drops below 80 percent and plant bugs are present, treatment<br />
should be considered even if numbers are below threshold. The objective is to maintain the<br />
square retention goal. Consider if multiple pests are contributing to this square loss before<br />
selecting an insecticide.<br />
After first bloom: Treat when plant bugs number four or more per 6 row feet (0.67 per foot) or<br />
20 per 100 sweeps. Count clouded plant bugs as equivalent to 1.5 tarnished plant bugs when<br />
determining if populations are above treatment level. Treatment should also be considered if 15<br />
or more plant bugs are observed per 100 plants during visual examination. Two consecutive<br />
insecticide applications are <strong>of</strong>ten required to control high populations <strong>of</strong> nymphs and adults.<br />
Aphids<br />
Early-season: Parasites and predators usually control aphids on seedling cotton. If aphids are<br />
present on numerous plants and some leaves are curled along the edges (signs <strong>of</strong> stress),<br />
treatment is suggested, particularly if the crop is already suffering from drought stress. Some infurrow<br />
insecticides and seed treatments used for thrips control can suppress early-season aphid<br />
populations.<br />
Mid-late season: Treat when aphids are very numerous, honeydew is present, plants are<br />
showing signs <strong>of</strong> stress and natural control agents are not affecting aphid populations. Consider<br />
the possibility <strong>of</strong> a fungal epizootic (disease) before treating.<br />
Bollworm/Tobacco Budworm<br />
NON-BT COTTON: Insecticides are recommended on the basis <strong>of</strong> knowing which species<br />
(bollworm vs. tobacco budworm) and how many your have in the field. Prior to bloom, treat<br />
when eight or more small larvae are present per 100 plants (or when populations threaten to<br />
reduce square retention below 80 percent). After first bloom, treat when four or more small<br />
larvae per 100 plants are present (or 5 percent or more <strong>of</strong> the squares are damaged and larvae are<br />
present).<br />
51
In both Bt and non-Bt cotton, the treatment threshold should gradually increase after cotton<br />
reaches cutout (NAWF5) until NAWF5 + 350 - 450 DD60’s at which time insecticide<br />
applications for bollworm and budworm are no longer necessary.<br />
Pyrethroid insecticides are NOT recommended against tobacco budworm infestations because <strong>of</strong><br />
insecticide resistance. Time applications to control newly hatched larvae (< 1/4 inch length).<br />
Multiple applications on a 4 - 5 day interval may be needed. Tank-mixing pyrethroids with other<br />
insecticides may improve control <strong>of</strong> pyrethroid-resistant tobacco budworms but are only<br />
recommended when the budworm ratio is no more than 25 percent and populations are less than<br />
8 - 10 larvae per 100 plants. Change insecticide chemistry if control failures occur.<br />
BT COTTON: Prior to bloom, treat when eight or more surviving larvae (> 1/4 inch or longer)<br />
are present per 100 plants, or when populations threaten to reduce square retention below 80<br />
percent. After first bloom, treat when four or more surviving larvae (> 1/4 inch or longer) per<br />
100 plants are present and/or 2 percent boll damage is found. Treatment based on eggs alone is<br />
not usually recommended (see Bt Cotton Management). Scout fields once each week pre-bloom<br />
and twice per week after blooming has begun (July-August). Whole plant examination may be<br />
necessary to find eggs and/or surviving larvae within the plant canopy.<br />
Stink Bugs<br />
Small, dark spots about 1/16-inch in diameter on the outside <strong>of</strong> bolls are usually associated with<br />
stink bug feeding. Stink bugs have piercing, needle-like mouthparts that can penetrate even more<br />
mature bolls. Stink bugs are seed feeders and migrate from other host crops into cotton when<br />
bolls begin to develop. Stink bugs are <strong>of</strong>ten difficult to detect. Intensively scout for this pest<br />
when stink bugs or bolls with dark feeding spots are observed.<br />
Treat when stink bugs number one or more per 6 row feet. If stink bugs are present, treatment is<br />
recommended when 20 percent or more <strong>of</strong> 12-16 day old (thumb-sized) bolls have internal<br />
feeding warts and/or stained lint indicating stink bug injury.<br />
Spider Mites<br />
Spider mites are found on the underside <strong>of</strong> leaves, and close examination is required to detect<br />
their presence. Reddish or yellow speckling <strong>of</strong> leaves indicates spider mite activity. Infestations<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten occur on field edges or in isolated spots and then spread across the field. Treat when 30 -<br />
50 percent <strong>of</strong> plants are affected and mites are still present. More than one application on a 4 - 5<br />
day schedule may be required if eggs continue to hatch.<br />
Fall Armyworm<br />
Proper identification <strong>of</strong> fall armyworm larvae is critical for effective control. Look for an<br />
inverted “Y” mark on the head. Treat when four or more larvae are found in 100 blooms and<br />
bolls or when 10-20 larvae are found per 100 plants. Timing applications to control small larvae<br />
is more effective than trying to control larger larvae. Small larvae are <strong>of</strong>ten found in white<br />
blooms, pink blooms tags or behind the bracts <strong>of</strong> medium- or large-sized bolls.<br />
The original Bollgard cotton does not provide adequate control <strong>of</strong> fall armyworms.<br />
52
However, Bollgard II and WideStrike cotton provide better control <strong>of</strong> fall armyworms, and<br />
insecticide treatments should not be made unless surviving larvae (> 1/4 inch in length) are<br />
found at the threshold numbers indicated above.<br />
Beet Armyworm<br />
Beet armyworms can be recognized by a characteristic black dot directly above the second true<br />
leg. Newer insecticide chemistries have made established beet armyworm populations easier to<br />
control. Production <strong>of</strong> an early crop and preservation <strong>of</strong> beneficial insects will reduce the risk <strong>of</strong><br />
a beet armyworm outbreak.<br />
Prior to August 15: Treat for beet armyworm when 5-6 “hits” (active clusters <strong>of</strong> small larvae)<br />
are found per 300 row feet.<br />
After August 15: Treat when 10 or more “hits” are found per 300 row feet.<br />
The original Bollgard cotton does not provide adequate control <strong>of</strong> beet armyworms.<br />
Bollgard II and WideStrike cotton provide better control <strong>of</strong> beet armyworms, and supplemental<br />
applications <strong>of</strong> insecticide may not be necessary.<br />
Loopers<br />
Two species <strong>of</strong> loopers (cabbage looper and soybean looper) may occur on cotton. Both are light<br />
green and have two pairs <strong>of</strong> prolegs; however, the soybean looper is more difficult to control<br />
with insecticides. Looper populations are <strong>of</strong>ten held below damaging levels by natural biological<br />
control agents. Treat when loopers cause 25 percent defoliation or populations threaten<br />
premature defoliation prior to boll maturity.<br />
The original Bollgard cotton does not provide adequate control <strong>of</strong> loopers. Bollgard II and<br />
WideStrike cotton should not require treatment for loopers.<br />
Bandedwinged Whitefly<br />
Treat when whiteflies are present on most plants, particularly if honeydew is accumulating on<br />
leaves. The adults are small, white, moth-like insects feeding on the underside <strong>of</strong> leaves and<br />
readily fly when disturbed. More than one application on a 4-5 day schedule may be required if<br />
eggs continue to hatch.<br />
53
<strong>FORAGE</strong>S<br />
54
There are many forage species that can be grown in Tennessee. One <strong>of</strong> the key points in<br />
successful forage production is deciding which species to use. In order to make this decision, it is<br />
essential to know the ways that forages are classified. Each forage species is distinguished as<br />
being (a) a grass or a legume, (b) an annual or a perennial, and (c) a warm-season or a coolseason<br />
plant. Using these criteria, all forage crops that are used in Tennessee fall into one <strong>of</strong><br />
eight basic categories (Tables 1 and 2).<br />
Table 1. Classification <strong>of</strong> grasses used in Tennessee for forage production.<br />
Warm Season<br />
Perennial Grasses<br />
Bermudagrass<br />
Big Bluestem<br />
Caucasian bluestem<br />
Dallisgrass<br />
Eastern gamagrass<br />
Indiangrass<br />
Johnsongrass<br />
Switchgrass<br />
Perennials<br />
Cool Season<br />
Perennial Grasses<br />
Kentucky bluegrass<br />
Matuagrass<br />
Orchardgrass<br />
Reed canarygrass<br />
Tall fescue<br />
Timothy<br />
GRASSES<br />
Warm Season<br />
Annual Grasses<br />
Browntop millet<br />
Crabgrass<br />
Foxtail millet<br />
Pearl millet<br />
Sorghumsudangrass<br />
hybrids<br />
Sudangrass<br />
Teff grass<br />
Annuals<br />
Cool Season<br />
Annual Grasses<br />
Barley<br />
Oats<br />
Rye<br />
Ryegrass<br />
Triticale<br />
Wheat<br />
Table 2. Classification <strong>of</strong> legumes used in Tennessee for forage production.<br />
Warm Season<br />
Perennial Legumes<br />
Sericea lespedeza<br />
Perennials<br />
Cool Season<br />
Perennial Legumes<br />
Alfalfa<br />
Birdsfoot trefoil<br />
Red clover<br />
White clover<br />
LEGUMES<br />
Warm Season<br />
Annual Legumes<br />
Korean lespedeza<br />
Kobe lespedeza<br />
Annuals<br />
Cool Season<br />
Annual Legumes<br />
Arrowleaf clover<br />
Berseem clover<br />
Crimson clover<br />
Hairy vetch<br />
Subterranean clover<br />
The following is a short description <strong>of</strong> the forages listed in Tables 1 and 2. adapted from<br />
"Southern Forages" written by Drs. Don Ball, Garry Lacefield, and Carl Hoveland (1996, Potash<br />
and Phosphate Institute).<br />
55
WARM -EASON PERENNIAL GRASSES<br />
Bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon)<br />
Origin: Southeastern Africa<br />
Description: Perennial. Spreads by rhizomes, stolons and (in some types) by seed. Hybrids<br />
are deep-rooted. Grows 15 to 24 inches tall.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay.<br />
Establishment: Hulled seed <strong>of</strong> common bermudagrass or other seed-propagated varieties or<br />
types should be planted at 5 to 10 lb/A in spring. Hybrids are planted in March-<br />
April with sprigs at 10 bu/A in rows or broadcast at 25 to 40 bu/A and covered.<br />
Fertilization: Highly responsive to nitrogen. Potassium is important for survival and<br />
production.<br />
Production: May-September<br />
Management: Hay should be harvested at about 4 week intervals. With good management, hay<br />
yields <strong>of</strong> 5 to 7 tons/A can be obtained. Should be closely grazed to maintain<br />
quality. Annual clovers, small grains, and ryegrass should be overseeded in<br />
autumn if winter-spring production is desired.<br />
Big Bluestem (Andropogon gerardii)<br />
Origin: Great Plains and eastern USA.<br />
Description: Perennial bunchgrass, sometimes having rhizomes. Deep-rooted. Grows 3 to 6<br />
feet tall. More drought-tolerant than most warm-season grasses.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay. It remains palatable and nutritious over a longer time than<br />
switchgrass.<br />
Establishment: Slow seedling establishment. Seed should be planted at 5 to 10 lb/A pure live<br />
seed in April-May.<br />
Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen.<br />
Production: June-August<br />
Management: Will not tolerate close, continuous stocking.<br />
Caucasian Bluestem (Bothriocloa caucasica)<br />
Origin: Former USSR<br />
Description: Perennial bunchgrass, leafy with fine stems, deep-rooted and drought-tolerant.<br />
Grows 2 to 4 feet tall.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Less palatable than big bluestem.<br />
Establishment: Seed planted at 2 to 3 lb/A in May or June.<br />
Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen.<br />
Production: Late May-August.<br />
Management: Stock heavily in early summer when quality is best. Nutritive quality declines<br />
with maturity.<br />
Dallisgrass (Paspalum dilatatum)<br />
Origin: Argentina, Uruguay, Brazil.<br />
Description: Perennial bunchgrass, short rhizomes. Grows 10 to 20 inches tall. Very leafy.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, but can be harvested for hay.<br />
Establishment: Seed germination is low and establishment is slow. About 10 to 15 lb/A <strong>of</strong> pure<br />
56
Fertilization:<br />
Production:<br />
Management:<br />
live seed should be broadcast planted in March or April.<br />
Moderately responsive to nitrogen.<br />
April-October.<br />
Best grown with ladino or red clover. Seed heads can be clipped to eliminate<br />
ergot problem if it develops.<br />
Eastern Gamagrass (Tripsacum dactyloides)<br />
Origin: Eastern Great Plains and eastern USA.<br />
Description: Perennial bunchgrass, short rhizomes, 3 to 8 feet tall.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Good nutritive quality. Little is planted.<br />
Establishment: Commercial seed production is a problem and establishment is difficult.<br />
Fertilization: High fertility.<br />
Production: June-August.<br />
Management: Rotational stocking.<br />
Indiangrass (Sorghastrum nutans)<br />
Origin: Native to tall grass prairie <strong>of</strong> eastern Great Plains and eastern USA.<br />
Description: Perennial bunchgrass. Spreads by rhizomes and seed. Deep rooted. Grows 3 to 6<br />
feet tall. The yellow panicles are 6 to 12 inches long.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, but can be harvested for hay. Nutritive quality is generally better than<br />
most other warm season perennial grasses.<br />
Establishment: Seedlings grow slowly and compete poorly with weeds. Seed should be planted<br />
at 6 to 10 lb/A pure live seed during April-May.<br />
Fertilization: Nitrogen is the most important fertilizer element. Response to other nutrients is<br />
generally lower than for cool season grasses.<br />
Production: Late June-September.<br />
Management: Rotational stocking is essential if grazed below 6 inches. Can be continuously<br />
stocked if stubble is maintained between 10 to 16 inches. Very light grazing<br />
after September 1.<br />
Johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense)<br />
Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />
Description: Perennial. Erect, 3 to 6 feet tall. Spreads by rhizomes and seed. Droughttolerant.<br />
Can be a serious pest in crops.<br />
Major Uses: Best used for hay but can be grazed with good management.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted in April at 20 to 30 lb/A broadcast or 10 to 15 lb/A drilled.<br />
Fertilization: Responds well to nitrogen.<br />
Production: May-September<br />
Management: Hay should be harvested at heading. If used for pasture, rotational stocking is<br />
needed to maintain stands. Close continuous grazing will reduce vigor and<br />
stands. Prussic acid potential.<br />
Switchgrass (Panicum virgatum)<br />
Origin: Native to Great Plains and most <strong>of</strong> eastern USA.<br />
Description: Perennial bunchgrass. Spreads by rhizomes and seed. Deep-rooted. Grows 3 to<br />
7 feet tall.<br />
57
Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Develops stems several weeks earlier than other warm season<br />
grasses so may become stemmy and unpalatable early in summer. Improved<br />
varieties have higher yields and nutritive quality.<br />
Establishment: Slow seedling establishment. Seed should be planted at 5 to 6 lb/A pure live<br />
seed in April-May.<br />
Fertilization: Very responsive to nitrogen.<br />
Production:<br />
Management:<br />
Late May-July.<br />
Should be stocked heavily and rotationally stocked with 4 to 6 weeks rest<br />
between grazings to maintain quality and stands.<br />
COOL-SEASON PERENNIAL GRASSES<br />
Kentucky Bluegrass (Poa pratensis)<br />
Origin: Europe<br />
Description: Perennial. Rhizomes produce a dense sod. Grows 1 to 3 feet tall.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, limited use for hay. High nutritive value.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted at 10 to 15 lb/A in August-September, or sometimes in<br />
February-March.<br />
Fertilization: Kentucky bluegrass will survive under low fertility, but is not highly productive<br />
unless well fertilized or grown with a legume.<br />
Production: April-October, limited in July and August.<br />
Management: Kentucky bluegrass tolerates close and frequent grazing better than many<br />
grasses. Grazing to a height <strong>of</strong> 1 to 2 inches favors productivity and maintains a<br />
dense sod. Bluegrass pasture is much more productive when clover is grown<br />
with it.<br />
Matuagrass (Bromus willdenowii)<br />
Origin: Argentina<br />
Description: Short-lived perennial or natural reseeding annual bunchgrass. Grows 2 to 4 feet<br />
tall.<br />
Major Use: Pasture. High nutritive quality. Good winter production.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted in September at 25 to 30 lb/A, not deeper than 1/4-inch.<br />
Seedling vigor and growth are exceptional.<br />
Fertilization: High fertility requirement.<br />
Production: November to May or June.<br />
Management: Will not perenniate under close continuous grazing. Must be rotationally<br />
stocked to maintain stands.<br />
Orchardgrass (Dactylis glomerata)<br />
Origin: Europe<br />
Description: Perennial bunchgrass. Grows 2 to 3 feet tall.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Forage quality is high under good management.<br />
Establishment: Seed should be planted in September at 15 to 20 lb/A, preferably with a legume.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ings are sometimes made in early spring.<br />
Fertilization: Requires higher fertility than tall fescue. Responds well to nitrogen.<br />
Production: March-June or July; production during September-November is much less than<br />
58
Management:<br />
tall fescue.<br />
Orchardgrass requires better management than endophyte-infected tall fescue.<br />
Close continuous grazing will weaken stands. Moderate stocking is best.<br />
Orchardgrass is less competitive than tall fescue, so adapted legumes persist<br />
better in association with it. The first hay harvest <strong>of</strong> the season should be in the<br />
boot to early bloom stage, with subsequent harvests as growth permits.<br />
Reed Canarygrass (Phalaris arundinacea)<br />
Origin: Europe<br />
Description: Coarse, sod-forming perennial with short rhizomes, 2 to 6 feet tall. Deep-rooted.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay, silage.<br />
Establishment: Seedling vigor is poor so establishment is slow. A seeding rate <strong>of</strong> 5 to 8 lb/A<br />
planted during April-May in northern U.S. or August-September in Tennessee<br />
should give satisfactory stands.<br />
Fertilization: Highly responsive to nitrogen.<br />
Production: April-September.<br />
Management: Rotational stocking.<br />
Tall Fescue (Festuca arundinacea)<br />
Origin: Europe<br />
Description: Perennial long-lived bunchgrass with short rhizomes. Shiny, dark green, ribbed<br />
leaves. Deep rooted. Grows 2 to 4 feet tall.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay, erosion control. High forage quality if free <strong>of</strong> fungal endophyte.<br />
Establishment: Seed are drilled at 15 to 20 lb/A or broadcast at 20 to 25 lb/A in September or<br />
October.<br />
Fertilization: Tolerant <strong>of</strong> low fertility and acid soils but responds well to fertilization.<br />
Production: September-December, March-June.<br />
Management: Tall fescue, if endophyte-infected, will tolerate grazing abuse better than most<br />
grasses. Endophyte-free tall fescue should not be grazed closer than 3 inches<br />
and should especially not be overgrazed during summer. Ladino or red clovers<br />
or alfalfa can be grown with tall fescue. The first harvest <strong>of</strong> hay should be cut in<br />
the late boot stage for high quality. Subsequent harvests can be made as growth<br />
permits.<br />
Timothy (Phleum pratense)<br />
Origin: Northern Europe<br />
Description: Perennial bunchgrass. Grows 2 to 4 feet tall.<br />
Major Use: Primarily as a hay plant but also used for pasture. It is popular as a hay crop for<br />
horses although other grasses are equally satisfactory.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted at 6 to 8 lb/A with a clover, alfalfa or trefoil in August or<br />
September, or sometimes in early spring.<br />
Fertilization: Tolerant <strong>of</strong> low fertility but responds well to fertilization.<br />
Production: April-October with low production in August-October.<br />
Management: Hay should be cut at the boot to early bloom stage to obtain best quality. Latecut<br />
timothy hay is <strong>of</strong> low quality.<br />
59
WARM-SEASON ANNUAL GRASSES<br />
Browntop Millet (Panicum ramosum)<br />
Origin: Southeast Asia<br />
Description: Annual. Erect, 2 to 3 feet tall, leafy, fine-stemmed.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay.<br />
Establishment: Seed drilled at 15 to 20 lb/A or broadcast at 25 to 30 lb/A in May-August.<br />
Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen, very tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity.<br />
Production: June-August. Much less productive than pearl millet or sorghum-sudan hybrids.<br />
Management: Hay should be cut at heading.<br />
Crabgrass (Digitaria sanguinalis)<br />
Origin: Southern Africa<br />
Description: Annual, creeping-type growth with long runners, very leafy. Grows 2 to 4 feet<br />
tall.<br />
Major Uses: While considered a weed in many farming situations, crabgrass is useful for<br />
pasture and hay. Nutritive quality is superior to warm season perennial grasses.<br />
Establishment: Seed. Reseeds well.<br />
Fertilization: Crabgrass is highly responsive to nitrogen fertilizer.<br />
Production: May-September.<br />
Management: With adequate fertilization, crabgrass will support good stocking rates.<br />
Volunteers after winter annuals.<br />
Foxtail Millet (Setaria italica)<br />
Origin: Southern Asia<br />
Description: Annual. Erect, 3 to 4 feet tall, leafy, fine-stemmed.<br />
Major Uses: Hay. Once was widely grown, but infrequently at present.<br />
Establishment: Seed can be drilled at 15 to 20 lb/A or broadcast at 20 to 30 lb/A in May-July.<br />
Fertilization: Responds to nitrogen fertilization.<br />
Production: Most varieties are ready to be harvested in 60 to 70 days. Less productive than<br />
pearl millet or sorghum-sudan hybrids.<br />
Management: Should be cut for hay near seedhead emergence. Not recommended for horse<br />
hay because <strong>of</strong> a toxin which can cause kidney and joint problems.<br />
Pearl Millet (Pennisetum glaucum)<br />
Origin: North Central Africa<br />
Description: Annual. Erect, 3 to 8 feet tall, leafy.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, silage. Difficult to make hay because <strong>of</strong> thick stems. High nutritive<br />
quality if harvested at immature stage. Nitrate accumulation can cause toxicity<br />
under some circumstances.<br />
Establishment: Seed are drilled at 12 to 15 lb/A or broadcast at 25 to 30 lb/A in April-June.<br />
Fertilization: Much more tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity than sorghum. Responsive to nitrogen.<br />
Production: Very productive over a short season, generally from June-August.<br />
Management: Requires high stocking rate, preferably with rotational stocking. Stems may<br />
need to be mowed after grazing. Should be cut for hay when plants are 30 to 40<br />
inches tall.<br />
60
Sorghum-Sudangrass Hybrids and Sudangrass (Sorghum bicolor)<br />
Origin: Northeast Africa<br />
Description: Annual. Erect, 4 to 8 feet tall, leafy.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay, silage. High quality if harvested at immature stage. Difficult to<br />
make hay because <strong>of</strong> thick stems. Nitrate accumulation or prussic acid can cause<br />
toxicity under some circumstances.<br />
Establishment: Seed are drilled at 20 to 25 lb/A or broadcast at 30 to 35 lb/A in May or June.<br />
Fertilization: Very responsive to nitrogen. Needs lime on highly acid soils.<br />
Production: Quite productive over a short season. June-September.<br />
Management: Requires high stocking rate, preferably grazed rotationally, to utilize rapid<br />
growth and maintain high quality. Thin-stemmed varieties recover more rapidly<br />
after cutting or grazing than thick-stemmed varieties. Stems may need to be<br />
mowed after grazing. Hay and silage should be cut when plants are 30 to 40<br />
inches tall.<br />
Teff grass (Eragrostis tef)<br />
Origin: Africa<br />
Description: Annual. Erect, 2 fttall, leafy.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay, silage. High quality if harvested at immature stage. Good choice<br />
for horse hay production. Fine stemmed. Tendency to lodge if allowed to get too<br />
tall. Shallow root system, so grazing management is important.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted at 6 lb per acre in May or June.<br />
Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen. Needs lime on highly acid soils.<br />
Production: Quite productive over a short season. June-September.<br />
Management: Preferably grazed rotationally, to utilize rapid growth and maintain high quality.<br />
Minimize damage from pulling plants out <strong>of</strong> ground.<br />
COOL-SEASON ANNUAL GRASSES<br />
Small Grains<br />
Rye (Secale cereale), Oats (Avena sativa), Wheat (Triticum aestivum), Barley (Hordeum<br />
vulgare), Triticale (Triticum secale)<br />
Origin: Iraq, Turkey, Europe<br />
Description: Annual bunchgrasses 2 to 4 feet tall.<br />
Major Uses: Rye-pasture; Barley, Wheat, Oats - pasture hay, silage; Triticale - hay, silage.<br />
Establishment: Seed are usually planted in September or October. In mixtures, 60 to 90 lb/A are<br />
recommended, but 90 to 120 lb/A if planted alone.<br />
Fertilization: All the small grains are highly responsive to nitrogen and require adequate<br />
amounts <strong>of</strong> phosphorus and potassium.<br />
Production:<br />
Management:<br />
November to December and February to May.<br />
Stocking rate should be adequate to utilize forage and to allow new leaf growth.<br />
An annual legume such as arrowleaf clover which produces growth in late<br />
spring can be planted as a companion crop to extend the production season and<br />
maintain spring forage quality. If cut for hay or silage, the harvest should be<br />
made in the boot to early heading stage.<br />
61
Ryegrass, Annual (Lolium multiflorum)<br />
Origin: Europe<br />
Description: Annual bunchgrass. Shiny, dark green smooth leaves. Grows 2 to 3 feet tall.<br />
Major Uses: Mainly pasture although sometimes used for hay or silage.<br />
Establishment: Seeding rate is 10 to 15 lb/A in mixtures, or 20 to 30 lb/A alone. September or<br />
early October are generally the best months to plant, but November overseeding<br />
<strong>of</strong> warm season grasses can be done along the Gulf Coast. Natural reseeding is<br />
common.<br />
Fertilization: Responsive to nitrogen. Tolerant <strong>of</strong> moderate soil acidity.<br />
Production: In high rainfall areas <strong>of</strong> the Gulf Coast, high production can be expected<br />
through the winter from November to May. Farther north, most <strong>of</strong> the<br />
production is concentrated from late February or March through May. Under<br />
favorable conditions, high forage production and excellent animal gains can be<br />
achieved.<br />
Management: Ryegrass may be seeded alone in the Gulf Coast area but farther north it is<br />
usually seeded with a small grain (rye, wheat or oats) and/or a clover. Ryegrass<br />
will tolerate close continuous grazing.<br />
WARM-SEASON PERENNIAL LEGUMES<br />
Sericea Lespedeza (Lespedeza cuneata)<br />
Origin: Eastern China, Korea, Japan<br />
Description: Perennial. Erect-growing, leafy, with fine stems in improved varieties. Grows<br />
18 to 40 inches tall. Deep-rooted and drought tolerant. Small flowers. Nonbloating<br />
legume.<br />
Major Uses: Hay, erosion control, pasture. Most varieties have high levels <strong>of</strong> tannin which<br />
reduce digestibility, but low-tannin varieties are available.<br />
Establishment: Ideally, seed are planted at 20 to 30 lb/A with a preplant herbicide during late<br />
March-May. Establishment is <strong>of</strong>ten slow. Post-emergence herbicide treatment(s)<br />
may also be required.<br />
Fertilization: Very tolerant <strong>of</strong> low fertility and acid soils; may respond to potassium on some<br />
soils.<br />
Production:<br />
Management:<br />
April to September.<br />
Hay harvests which leave a 4-inch stubble height should be made when plants<br />
are 15 to 24 inches tall, obtaining 2 to 3 cuttings per year. High-tannin sericea<br />
forage has nutritive value similar to bermudagrass; low-tannin types have<br />
superior nutritive value. When cut for hay, the tannin level <strong>of</strong> forage drops<br />
sharply, improving palatability and digestibility. Vigor and yield <strong>of</strong> low tannin<br />
sericea tend to be somewhat less than for high-tannin types. Grazing <strong>of</strong> sericea<br />
should begin when plants are 8 to 10 inches tall, and they should not be grazed<br />
lower than 4 inches. Removal <strong>of</strong> forage by grazing or hay production between<br />
late August or early September and the first killing frost should be avoided, as<br />
this is a period when food reserves are building in the roots. Tall fescue or<br />
orchardgrass can be overseeded on sericea to provide a longer productive season<br />
than sericea alone. Winter annuals such as cereals, crimson clover, or vetch can<br />
62
also be drilled into sericea in October to provide late winter forage. Grasses<br />
overseeded on sericea should be fertilized with nitrogen.<br />
COOL-SEASON PERENNIAL LEGUMES<br />
Alfalfa (Medicago sativa)<br />
Origin: Iran and central Asia.<br />
Description: Perennial. Erect-growing with many leafy stems arising from large crowns at<br />
the soil surface. Grows 24 to 36 inches tall. Compound leaves with three<br />
leaflets. Flowers <strong>of</strong> the varieties grown in the South are normally some shade <strong>of</strong><br />
purple. Drought-tolerant, long taproot.<br />
Major Uses: Hay and haylage, but has potential for expanded pasture use. Good alfalfa hay<br />
has high nutritive value and is in high demand, particularly for horses and dairy<br />
cattle.<br />
Establishment: Seed. A seeding rate <strong>of</strong> 15 to 20 lb/A should be used. A cultipacker-seeder is the<br />
best planting equipment for prepared seedbeds. A firm seedbed is critically<br />
important. For sodseeding, a no-till drill is needed. Fall plantings should be<br />
made in conventional seedbed before September 15. Later plantings run greater<br />
risk <strong>of</strong> sclerotinia crown and stem rot damage. Spring plantings can be made<br />
March through May.<br />
Fertilization: Alfalfa is sensitive to soil acidity, so pH values 6.5 or above are required for<br />
high yields. Where subsoils are very acid and high in aluminum, it may be<br />
possible to <strong>of</strong>fset the toxic subsoil syndrome and promote deeper root<br />
development through deep incorporation <strong>of</strong> lime or the application <strong>of</strong> gypsum at<br />
a rate <strong>of</strong> about 2 ton/A. Potassium, phosphorus, sulfur and boron are the<br />
nutrients which usually need to be applied in order to obtain good alfalfa<br />
production. Alfalfa requires large amounts <strong>of</strong> potassium. Annual soil tests are<br />
critical in monitoring soil nutrient levels for this crop. Nitrogen fertilization is<br />
not needed, since alfalfa fixes large amounts <strong>of</strong> nitrogen if properly nodulated.<br />
Production: April-October. Alfalfa has the longest productive season <strong>of</strong> any Southernadapted<br />
legume.<br />
Management: Successful alfalfa production requires a higher level <strong>of</strong> management than other<br />
forage crops. For hay production, 4 to 7 cuttings can be made each year<br />
depending on location. Harvesting at the early bloom stage is the best<br />
compromise for obtaining acceptable forage and nutrient yields with good stand<br />
persistence. Stand life is <strong>of</strong>ten 3 to 5 years, but alfalfa may persist for up to 8<br />
years if adequately fertilized and cut at the proper stage <strong>of</strong> growth. If a hay type<br />
alfalfa is to be used for pasture, it should be cross-fenced and rotationally<br />
stocked for 5 to 7 days, followed by a 20 to 35-day recovery period. Continuous<br />
stocking <strong>of</strong> hay-type varieties will deplete food reserves in the roots and cause<br />
rapid stand loss. Grazing-tolerant varieties can be continuously stocked, but<br />
production will be higher if rotational stocking is practiced. In the upper South,<br />
allow 4 weeks <strong>of</strong> growth in late summer to replenish root reserves. This may be<br />
grazed in late autumn.<br />
63
Birdsfoot Trefoil (Lotus corniculatus)<br />
Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />
Description: Deep-rooted, short-lived perennial, having finer stems and more leaves than<br />
alfalfa. Grows 12 to 30 inches tall, depending on whether it is a prostrate or<br />
erect variety. Flowers are bright yellow and the brown to purple seed pods<br />
radiate from the stem branch, resembling a bird=s foot. Non-bloating legume.<br />
Reseeds under proper management.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, erosion control. High-quality forage.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted at 4 to 6 lb/A with cool season perennial grasses using a<br />
cultipacker-seeder in late August-September.<br />
Fertilization: Lime if soil pH is below 5.5. Responds well to phosphorus and potassium.<br />
Production: April-early October.<br />
Management: Practical grazing management should leave 3 to 4 inches <strong>of</strong> leaf tissue to<br />
maintain root carbohydrates and assure vigorous regrowth. Since natural<br />
reseeding is essential for maintaining stands and productivity, plants should be<br />
allowed to produce some seed each year.<br />
Red Clover (Trifolium pratenese)<br />
Origin: Southeastern Europe and Turkey<br />
Description: Short-lived perennial, usually 2 years in the South, but may survive only as an<br />
annual in Gulfcoast. Erect-growing, leafy plants 2 to 3 feet tall. Leaves hairy<br />
and marked with a white "V". Flowers are clustered into large pinkish-violet<br />
heads.<br />
Major Uses: Hay, pasture.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted on prepared land at 6 to 8 lb/A in drill rows or 12 to 15 lb/A<br />
broadcast during September-October and February-March in middle and<br />
northern U.S.. Established grass pastures should be overseeded in October-<br />
November or February-March. Seedling vigor is better than any other clover<br />
and especially well suited for seeding into cool season perennial grass sods.<br />
Fertilization: If soil pH is below 5.5, lime should be applied. Responsive to phosphorus and<br />
potassium.<br />
Production: March-June/July.<br />
Management: Hay should be cut in early bloom stage. Red clover will provide more grazing<br />
than ladino clover during summer. Unlike ladino clover, red clover will not<br />
tolerate continuous close grazing over long periods <strong>of</strong> time.<br />
Ladino White Clover (Trifolium repens)<br />
Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />
Description: Fairly long-lived perennial in upper South; short-lived perennial or annual in<br />
lower South. Very leafy plants 8 to 12 inches tall that spread by stolons<br />
(runners) and form shallow roots at nodes. Leaves are non-hairy and usually<br />
marked with a white "V". White flowers are clustered into heads. Seed are<br />
extremely small. Intermediate types <strong>of</strong> white clover can be expected to reseed<br />
naturally while giant or ladino types usually do not reseed well in the lower<br />
South.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture. Very high-quality grazing plant. Bloat can be a problem.<br />
64
Establishment: Established grass pastures can be overseeded in February-March.<br />
Fertilization: Soil should be limed if pH is below 6. Highly responsive to potassium fertilizer.<br />
Production: March-June and October-November if soil moisture is favorable.<br />
Management: Grass competition from undergrazing is one <strong>of</strong> the major problems in<br />
maintaining productive stands <strong>of</strong> white clover. Grass should be planted in wide<br />
rows and clover broadcast to reduce competition. Adequate potassium and<br />
phosphorus are important for good production. Grazing should be sufficient to<br />
maintain forage height at 1 to 4 inches, preventing shading <strong>of</strong> clover by the<br />
grass.<br />
WARM-SEASON ANNUAL LEGUME<br />
Annual Lespedeza<br />
Kobe (Kummerowia striata) and<br />
Korean (Kummerowia stipulacea)<br />
Origin:<br />
Description:<br />
Major Uses:<br />
Eastern China, Korea, Japan.<br />
Annuals. Both species are fine-stemmed, leafy and have shallow taproots.<br />
Leaflets <strong>of</strong> Kobe are narrower than Korean. Seed <strong>of</strong> Kobe are in leaf axils while<br />
seed <strong>of</strong> Korean are borne in clusters at tips <strong>of</strong> branches. Reseed easily.<br />
Pasture, hay, erosion control. High nutritive quality, furnishing excellent quality<br />
pasture in late summer. Relatively low yield.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted at 25 to 35 lb/A in February-March.<br />
Fertilization:<br />
Production:<br />
Management:<br />
Tolerant <strong>of</strong> acidity and low soil phosphorus. Under high fertility, annual<br />
lespedezas are <strong>of</strong>ten crowded out by more vigorous and higher yielding grasses<br />
and legumes.<br />
July-September.<br />
High fertilization <strong>of</strong> a grass/lespedeza mixture reduces potential growth <strong>of</strong><br />
lespedeza. Light grazing will allow some seed production for natural reseeding.<br />
Hay should be cut at early bloom stage.<br />
COOL-SEASON ANNUAL LEGUMES<br />
Arrowleaf Clover (Trifolium vesiculosum)<br />
Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />
Description: Late season winter annual. Long, branching, hollow stems 2 to 4 feet long. The<br />
non-hairy arrow-shaped leaves generally have a large white "V" mark. The<br />
predominately white, but pink and purple-tinged flower heads are large, <strong>of</strong>ten 3<br />
inches long. Flowering and seed production occur over a long period in late<br />
spring and summer. The rough brown seed are about twice the size <strong>of</strong> ladino<br />
clover seed and over 70 percent have very hard seed coats, requiring<br />
scarification for satisfactory germination.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay. Forage quality is high with digestibility generally superior to<br />
crimson clover at all stages <strong>of</strong> maturity. Bloat is rarely a problem.<br />
Establishment: Scarified seed are planted broadcast at 5 to 10 lb/A in September to early<br />
November. Requires a special seed inoculant. Seed will germinate at lower<br />
temperatures than crimson clover. Reseeds easily.<br />
65
Fertilization:<br />
Production:<br />
Management:<br />
Arrowleaf is not very tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity and low fertility. Optimum pH<br />
range if 5.8 to 6.5.<br />
March-early July.<br />
Arrowleaf will continue to develop new leaves and remain productive longer in<br />
the spring when grazed to a height <strong>of</strong> 2 to 4 inches than where large amounts <strong>of</strong><br />
forage accumulate. Where hay is desired, clover should be grazed until early to<br />
mid-April, then harvested at early to mid-bloom in May. No regrowth can be<br />
expected after cutting hay.<br />
Berseem Clover (Trifolium alexandrinum)<br />
Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />
Description: Winter annual, resembles alfalfa, hollow stems grow erect to a height <strong>of</strong> 2 feet<br />
or more. White flowers form small heads.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay. High quality, does not cause bloat.<br />
Establishment: Seed are planted broadcast at 20 lb/A or drilled at 10 to 15 lb/A in September.<br />
Fertilization: Best on loam soils <strong>of</strong> pH 6 or above. Requires high fertility including boron.<br />
Production: November-December and March-June.<br />
Management: Grazing should begin when 10 inches tall and the stubble maintained at 3 to 4<br />
inches to encourage new leaf production. Rotational stocking is most successful.<br />
The winter-hardy berseem variety produces hard seed and will <strong>of</strong>ten reseed.<br />
Crimson Clover (Trifolium incarnatum)<br />
Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />
Description: Winter annual. <strong>Plant</strong>s have dark green leaves densely covered with hairs, and<br />
grow to a height <strong>of</strong> 1 to 3 feet. Brilliant crimson flowers, long heads, maturing<br />
from bottom to top. Yellow rounded seed about 2.5 times the size <strong>of</strong> arrowleaf<br />
clover seed. Combine-harvested seed do not need scarification.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay, green manure crop, roadside beautification. Will produce more<br />
forage at low temperatures than other clovers.<br />
Establishment: Seed are broadcast at 20 to 30 lb/A in late August-October.<br />
Fertilization: Fairly tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity.<br />
Production: November, March-April.<br />
Management: Can be grazed throughout winter but if hay is desired, cattle must be removed<br />
by mid-March.<br />
Hairy Vetch (Vicia villosa)<br />
Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />
Description: Viney winter annuals with stems 2 to 4 feet in length. White, purple, or pale<br />
yellow flowers are borne in clusters.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture, hay, silage (with small grain companion), green manure.<br />
Establishment: Hairy and bigflower vetch seed are broadcast at 20 to 25 lb/A and common<br />
vetch at 30 to 40 lb/A in September-October.<br />
Fertilization: Vetches are tolerant <strong>of</strong> soil acidity but have a relatively high phosphorus<br />
requirement.<br />
Production: March-May.<br />
Management: Grazing should not begin until plants are at least 6 inches tall. Close grazing<br />
66
will destroy buds needed for regrowth. Vetch should be cut for hay in the early<br />
bloom stage. A small grain seeded at 60 lb/A makes a good companion crop for<br />
vetch grown for hay or silage.<br />
Subterranean Clover (Trifolium subterraneum)<br />
Origin: Mediterranean region.<br />
Description: Dense low-growing winter annual clover with hairy leaves. Small, mainly white<br />
flowers form a small bur which is forced into the surface <strong>of</strong> the soil. Good<br />
reseeding possible. Seed are large and either black or tan.<br />
Major Uses: Pasture. Lower-yielding than crimson or arrowleaf.<br />
Establishment: Seed are broadcast at 10 to 20 lb/A. Special inoculant required.<br />
Fertilization: Fairly acid tolerant. Requires adequate phosphorus and potassium for growth.<br />
Production: November-December and March-May.<br />
Management: Tolerates close continuous stocking. Tolerates shade better than most clovers.<br />
DETERMINING <strong>FORAGE</strong> MOISTURE CONTENT USING A MICROWAVE OVEN<br />
1. Chop fresh forage into 1- to 2-inch lengths for ease <strong>of</strong> handling.<br />
2. Weigh out approximately 100 grams (3.5 ounces <strong>of</strong> chopped forage.<br />
3. Spread forage thinly on a microwave-safe dish and place into microwave. (Place a cup <strong>of</strong><br />
water in the microwave to prevent sample from igniting once dry.)<br />
4. Heat for 2 minutes and reweigh.<br />
a) If forage is not completely dry, reheat for 30 seconds and reweigh. (Microwaves<br />
vary considerably in drying capacity. It is better to dry for short intervals and<br />
reweigh until the last two weights are constant, than to overdry and run the risk <strong>of</strong><br />
burning and damage to oven.) Continue this process until back-to-back weights<br />
are the same or charring occurs.<br />
b) If charring occurs, use the previous weight.<br />
5. Calculate moisture content using the following equation:<br />
W 1 − W 2<br />
% Moisture Content = x100<br />
W 1<br />
W1 = weight <strong>of</strong> forage before heating<br />
W2 = weights <strong>of</strong> forage after heating<br />
Dry matter (DM) is the percentage <strong>of</strong> forage that is not water. DM equals 100% minus percent<br />
water.<br />
Results on an “as-fed basis” reflect total nutrient concentration including water <strong>of</strong> sample<br />
analyzed or to be bed.<br />
SOURCE: Southern Forages 3 rd Edition, Page 303<br />
Nitrate poisoning<br />
Nitrate poisoning occurs when animals consume hay or pasture containing high levels <strong>of</strong><br />
free nitrates. All warm-season forages have the potential to accumulate high levels <strong>of</strong> nitrates<br />
under drought conditions, especially if they have been fertilized with nitrogen. Grazing these<br />
67
plants during a drought, or feeding hay that was cut during or just after a drought should be<br />
avoided.<br />
Nitrate accumulation occurs because the plant continues to take up nitrogen through the<br />
roots, but drought conditions prevent the nitrogen from being used for plant growth. Nitrates are<br />
accumulated in the plant for use in protein formation when adequate water becomes available.<br />
When the animal consumes a plant with high nitrate levels, the nitrogen is converted<br />
from nitrate to a form called nitrite. These nitrites get into the blood stream and interfere with the<br />
ability <strong>of</strong> red blood cells to carry oxygen. Animals suffering from nitrate poisoning exhibit<br />
labored breathing, muscle tremors and staggering. Membranes <strong>of</strong> the eyes and mouth are bluish<br />
because <strong>of</strong> the lack <strong>of</strong> oxygen. Death can occur relatively quickly.<br />
Prevention is the best way to deal with nitrate toxicity. If any pasture is suspected <strong>of</strong><br />
having high nitrate levels, avoid grazing these pastures until seven to 10 days after an adequate<br />
rain. Hay that is suspected <strong>of</strong> having high nitrate levels can be analyzed. Table 1 lists a scale <strong>of</strong><br />
the toxicity <strong>of</strong> increasing nitrate levels in hay.<br />
Table 1. Guide to determine the potential for nitrate toxicity in hay.<br />
Nitrate level<br />
(ppm, DM basis)<br />
Comments<br />
0 - 2,500<br />
Generally considered safe to feed.<br />
SAFE<br />
Generally safe when fed with a balanced ration. For<br />
2,500 - 5,000<br />
pregnant animals limit to one-half <strong>of</strong> total dry ration. Do<br />
not feed with liquid feed or other non-protein nitrogen<br />
supplements. Be cautious with pregnant or young<br />
CAUTION animals.<br />
Limit to one-fourth <strong>of</strong> ration. Should be well fortified<br />
5,000 - 10000<br />
with energy, minerals and Vitamin A. May experience<br />
milk production loss in 4 -5 days, possible occurrence <strong>of</strong><br />
DANGER reproduction problems.<br />
Toxic. Do not use in free-choice feeding program. Feed<br />
Over 10,000<br />
with such high levels should be ground and limited to<br />
TOXIC 15% <strong>of</strong> total ration.<br />
Source: Ball and co-workers. 1991. Southern Forages.<br />
Prussic acid poisoning<br />
Prussic acid poisoning occurs when animals consume plants that contain high levels <strong>of</strong><br />
prussic acid, a form <strong>of</strong> cyanide. Potentially toxic levels can develop in sorghum X sudangrass<br />
hybrids immediately after a frost, or in new growth after a drought. Pearlmillet does not produce<br />
prussic acid.<br />
Prussic acid interferes with the ability <strong>of</strong> red blood cells to transfer oxygen. Symptoms<br />
include excessive salivation, rapid breathing and muscle spasms. Symptoms may occur within 10<br />
to 15 minutes after the animal consumes the forage high in prussic acid.<br />
68
<strong>Plant</strong> species<br />
Nitrates<br />
All forages, primarily<br />
summer forages<br />
Prussic acid<br />
Sorghums only<br />
Main times it occurs Drought Frost<br />
Breaks down in hay No Yes<br />
Should you test for it Yes No need to<br />
Will fermentation remove<br />
toxicity<br />
Possibly, depending on<br />
beginning level<br />
yes<br />
It is important to realize that prussic acid poisoning and nitrate poisoning are not the<br />
same thing. Nitrates will remain in hay and silage, while prussic acid will deteriorate over time.<br />
Forage that has been dried to 18 percent moisture for hay or that has fermented for haylage will<br />
not have high levels <strong>of</strong> prussic acid.<br />
69
GARDENING<br />
70
Creating Container Gardens<br />
Tips:<br />
Design: Try to summarize 7 basic principals <strong>of</strong> design (proportion, form, texture, color, balance,<br />
rhythm and focal point) with plants, which have several design attributes to create contrast and<br />
harmony.<br />
Thrillers: (focal point) tall or sculptural with some color<br />
Fillers: Great foliage color /texture<br />
Spillers: cascading plants<br />
Pair plants that require similar conditions together (consider water, temperature and sun). As<br />
plants grow they will need more water, especially if they are producing flowers <strong>of</strong> fruit.<br />
Replace: Mix annuals, perennials, and woody plant in a container. When one plant becomes less<br />
interesting, replace it with another. Recycling the surviving plants and adding back fresh media<br />
when replanting new additions will keep the container healthy and attractive.<br />
Containers: Containers should be strong enough to hold growing media, mature plants and wide<br />
enough to not tip over. Containers should have drain holes to allow excess water to drain out.<br />
The taller the container the longer the water column and better the drainage.<br />
Media: Soiless mixes are best suited for containers because <strong>of</strong> their light weight and clean<br />
components. Soiless mixes usually include a combination <strong>of</strong> peat moss, perlite, vermiculite or<br />
sand. Fertilizers and wetting agents are usually added to help these materials retain moisture and<br />
adequate nutrition. Once the wetting agent dries out the mix will be difficult to rewet. Fertilizers<br />
can be added once plants are established.<br />
Placement: Place contained in enough light for the plant’s sunlight requirements. Most<br />
vegetables, sun annuals and perennials require full sun 6+ hours <strong>of</strong> sunlight. Shade plants usually<br />
require 6 or fewer hours <strong>of</strong> light. <strong>Plant</strong>s in the container mature and grow their water and<br />
nutritional requirements will increase. Place containers in locations where water is easily<br />
accessible. Allow space for stakes and trellises if necessary.<br />
Great <strong>Plant</strong> Combinations<br />
As far as plant selection goes, the sky is really the limit in pulling together a great looking<br />
container. The cultivars and varieties <strong>of</strong> annuals and perennials are endless. And now woody<br />
ornamentals are starting to make container gardening a more permanent statement on the patio.<br />
Consider using dwarf conifers and some deciduous trees and shrubs (like hydrangea, Japanese<br />
maple, or dwarf blueberries) as the bone structure <strong>of</strong> the container’s design.<br />
71
Thrillers Fillers Spillers<br />
Canna ‘Pretoria’, ‘The Sun Coleous<br />
Dichondra ‘Silver Falls’<br />
President’, ‘Black Night’,<br />
‘Austrailia’<br />
Dwarf arborvitae ‘Morgan’ Lamium Calibracoa<br />
Cardoon/Artichoke Cosmos Verbena<br />
Purple Fountain Grass Persian Sheild ‘Blackie’ or ‘Margarita’<br />
Sweetpotato vine<br />
Mandevilla Alocasia Scaevola<br />
Sweetpea Geranium Nasturtium<br />
Variegated Miscanthus Pentas Creeping Jenny<br />
Japanese blood grass Kales, Cabbage, Swiss<br />
Chard<br />
Wave petunia<br />
Herbs for Containers<br />
Pair herbs together, most have similar environmental requirements (well-drained and dry soils).<br />
Container drainage and potting media will be very important for these plants.<br />
Boxwood Basil, small textured filler (Burpee)<br />
Cameo Basil (Johnny’s Select)<br />
Creeping Thyme<br />
Cilantro<br />
Catmint ‘Walkers Low’<br />
Horehound<br />
Lavender<br />
Lemon Balm<br />
Marjoram<br />
Mint (should always be contained!)<br />
Nasturtiums<br />
Parsley<br />
Prostrate or creeping Rosemary<br />
Tarragon<br />
Sage<br />
Savory (summer or winter)<br />
Scented Geraniums, spillers<br />
Vegetables for Containers<br />
Tomatoes: Determinate (D) or Bush-type tomatoes mature over a few week period and can be<br />
used as fillers. Indeterminate (I) or vining-type tomatoes produce fruit until frost and can be used<br />
tall thrillers but will require a trellis to climb.<br />
BushSteak Hybrid (D, Shepherd’s)<br />
Golden Nugget (D, Johnny’s Select)<br />
Patio Princess Hybrid (D, Burpee)<br />
Super Bush (D, Shepherd’s Seed)<br />
Burpee Bunch Hybrid (I, Burpee)<br />
Super Sweet 100 Hybrid, cherry-type (I, Burpee)<br />
72
Sun Gold (I, Johnny’s Select)<br />
Eggplant: There are so many different varieties <strong>of</strong> new and heirlooms available. The key is to<br />
choose a plant bears small fruit.<br />
Fairy Tale, lavender & white (Burpee, Johnny’s Select)<br />
Bambino Hybrid, dark purple, rounded fruit (Shepherd’s Seed)<br />
Peppers: All peppers will grow well in containers. Some pepper plants will over-winter if<br />
protected and bear woody stems.<br />
Pizza My Heart, sweet (Shepherd’s Seed)<br />
Hot Lemon, hot (Burpee)<br />
Jalapeño<br />
Super Chile (AAS Winner, Johnny’s Select)<br />
Cherry Bomb (Johnny’s Select)<br />
Numex Twilight, one plant- purples, yellows, reds (Johnny’s Select)<br />
Prairie Fire, bright colored peppers (Johnny’s Select)<br />
Cucumbers: Now there are bush-type cucumbers suitable for containers or gardens with small<br />
spaces.<br />
Bush Champion Cucumber (Burpee)<br />
Bush Slicer (Shepherd’s Seed)<br />
Beans and Peas: Pole beans and peas make excellent vining thrillers. Hybrid and heirloom<br />
varieties are available in a multitude <strong>of</strong> colors. Peas are planted in the very early spring, as the<br />
pea plants die-<strong>of</strong>f plant beans on the same trellis for a summer crop.<br />
Artichokes: These perennials can be used as fillers in the containers (as well as their cousin the<br />
cardoon). The silver green foliage adds bold contrast to any design.<br />
Greens/Lettuce: These vegetables are great fillers adding texture color and flavor to the<br />
container. Most are cool season, however, moving the container to a cooler area may prolong<br />
Garden Babies Lettuce (Shepherd’s Seed)<br />
Baby Spinach (Burpee)<br />
Gourmet Lettuce Blends<br />
Mesclun Mixes<br />
Heatwave Loose Leaf Lettuce (Burpee)<br />
Kales<br />
Swiss Chard ‘Bright Lights’<br />
Beet Bull’s Blood, red stem, purple leaf (Burpee)<br />
Pac Choy (Johnny’s Select)<br />
Arugula (Johnny’s Select)<br />
Watercress<br />
73
Evergreens for a Screen<br />
Evergreen Shrubs for a Screen (4’- 12’)<br />
Littleleaf Boxwood Buxus microphylla<br />
Common Boxwood Buxus sempervirens<br />
Cotonester Cotoneaster lucidus<br />
Compacta Chinese Holly Ilex crenata ‘compacta’<br />
Convex Chinese Holly Ilex crenata ‘convexa’<br />
Helleri Chinese Holly Ilex crenata ‘Helleri’<br />
Hetzii Chinese Holly Ilex crenata ‘Hetzii’<br />
Ptitzer Juniper Juniperus chinensis ‘Ptitzeriana’, ‘Ptitzeriana aurea’ or ‘Ptitzeriana Glauca’<br />
Common Juniper Juniperus communis cvs.<br />
Silver Spreader Eastern Redcedar Juniperus Virginia ‘Silver Spreader’<br />
Mountain Laural Kalmia latifolia<br />
Leucothoe Leucothoe fontaesiana<br />
Northern Bayberry Myrica pensylvanica<br />
Japanese Pieris Pieris japonica ‘Mountain Fire’<br />
Catawba Rhododendron Rhododenron catabawbiense<br />
English-Japanese Yew Taxus x media cvs.<br />
Emerald Arborvite Thuja occientalis ‘Emerald’<br />
Oriental Arborvitae Thuja orientalis cvs<br />
Prague Viburnum Viburnum x paragense<br />
Lantanaphyllum Viburnum Viburnum x rhytidophylloides<br />
Leatherleaf Viburnum Viburnum rhytidophyllum<br />
Evergreen Trees for a Screen (15’-30’)<br />
Hinoki Falsecypress Chamaecyparis obtusa ‘Filifera’<br />
Smooth Bark Cypress Cupressus glabra ‘Blue Ice’<br />
Foster Holly Ilex x attenuata ‘Foster #2’<br />
Japanese Holly Ilex crenata<br />
Teddy Bear Magnolia Magnolia grandiflora ‘Teddy Bear’<br />
Little Gem Magnolia Magnolia grandiflora ‘Little Gem<br />
Chinese Juniper Juniperus chinensis ‘Hetzii Columnaris’<br />
Japanese Black Pine Pinus thumbergii<br />
Japanese Umbrella Pine Scadopitys verticillata<br />
Woodward Arborvite Thuja occientalis ‘Woodwardii’<br />
Sargentii Eastern Hemlock Tsuga Canadensis ‘Sargentii’<br />
Evergreen Trees for a Screen (30’-50’)<br />
Atlas Cedar Cedrus atlantica<br />
Deodar Cedar Cedrus deodar<br />
Hinoki Falsecypress Chamaecyparis obtusa<br />
Atlantic Whitecedar Chamaecyparis thyoides<br />
Cryptomeria Cryptomeria japonica<br />
Leyland Cypress x Cupressocyparis leylandii<br />
74
Arizona Cypress Cupressus arizonica ‘Blue Pyramid’ ‘Golden Pyramid’<br />
American Holly Ilex opaca<br />
Southern Magnolia Magnolia grandiflora<br />
Eastern Red Cedar Juniperus virginiana ‘Grey Owl’<br />
Norway Spruce Picea abies<br />
Colorado Spruce Picea pungens<br />
Lacebark pine Pinus bungeana<br />
White Pine Pinus strobus<br />
Virgina Pine Pinus virginiana<br />
Eastern Hemlock Tsuga canadensis<br />
75
77<br />
Fact Sheet on <strong>Plant</strong> Nutrients<br />
Purpose and Sources<br />
Nutrient Class Purpose Source Deficiency Excess<br />
Nitrogen (N) Primary Rapid growth, dark green color,<br />
increased yield (building proteins<br />
and amino acids)<br />
Phosphorus (P) Primary Rapid growth, stimulates<br />
blooming, root growth<br />
Potassium (K) Primary Photosynthesis, plant metabolism,<br />
fruit formation, winter hardiness<br />
Calcium (CA)<br />
Secondary Cell wall structure, leaf and root<br />
growth vigor, correct/neutralize<br />
pH<br />
Fertilizer, Rain<br />
Fertilizer, bone<br />
meal,<br />
superphosphate<br />
Fertilizer<br />
Dolomitic lime,<br />
gypsum,<br />
superphosphate<br />
Light green to<br />
yellow appearance<br />
<strong>of</strong> leaves, especially<br />
older leaves;<br />
stunted growth;<br />
poor fruit<br />
development.<br />
Leaves may<br />
develop purple<br />
coloration; stunted<br />
plant growth and<br />
delay in plant<br />
development.<br />
Older leaves turn<br />
yellow initially<br />
around margins and<br />
die; irregular fruit<br />
development.<br />
Reduced growth or<br />
death <strong>of</strong> growing<br />
tips; blossom-end<br />
rot <strong>of</strong> tomato; poor<br />
fruit development<br />
and production.<br />
Dark green foliage<br />
which may be<br />
susceptible to<br />
lodging, drought,<br />
disease and insect<br />
invasion. Fruit and<br />
seed crops may fail<br />
to yield.<br />
Excess phosphorus<br />
may cause<br />
micronutrient<br />
deficiencies,<br />
especially iron or<br />
zinc.<br />
Excess potassium<br />
may cause<br />
deficiencies in<br />
magnesium and<br />
possibly calcium.<br />
Excess calcium may<br />
cause deficiency in<br />
either magnesium<br />
or potassium.
78<br />
Magnesium<br />
(Mg)<br />
Sulfur (S)<br />
Secondary Chlorophyll mfg., regulates<br />
uptake <strong>of</strong> nutrients, accelerates<br />
germination and maturity<br />
Secondary Dark green color, root growth,<br />
seed production<br />
Dolomitic<br />
limestone, Epsom<br />
salt<br />
Fertilizer, gypsum,<br />
Epsom salt, copper<br />
sulfate<br />
Initial yellowing <strong>of</strong><br />
older leaves<br />
between leaf veins<br />
spreading to<br />
younger leaves;<br />
poor fruit<br />
development and<br />
production.<br />
Initial yellowing <strong>of</strong><br />
young leaves<br />
spreading to whole<br />
plant; similar<br />
symptoms to<br />
nitrogen deficiency<br />
but occurs on new<br />
growth.<br />
Death <strong>of</strong> growing<br />
points and<br />
deformation <strong>of</strong><br />
leaves with areas <strong>of</strong><br />
discoloration.<br />
High concentration<br />
tolerated in plant;<br />
however, imbalance<br />
with calcium and<br />
potassium may<br />
reduce growth.<br />
Excess <strong>of</strong> sulfur<br />
may cause<br />
premature dropping<br />
<strong>of</strong> leaves.<br />
Boron (B) Micro Quality and yield <strong>of</strong> root crops,<br />
seed production<br />
Organic matter,<br />
borax<br />
Leaf tips become<br />
yellow followed by<br />
necrosis. Leaves get<br />
a scorched<br />
appearance and<br />
later fall <strong>of</strong>f.<br />
Chlorine (Cl) Micro <strong>Plant</strong> metabolism Soil Foliar root burn.<br />
Iron (Fe) Micro Chlorophyll mfg., respiratory<br />
enzyme<br />
Soil, iron sulfate,<br />
iron chelate<br />
Initial distinct<br />
yellow or white<br />
areas between veins<br />
<strong>of</strong> young leaves<br />
leading to spots <strong>of</strong><br />
dead leaf tissue.<br />
Possible bronzing<br />
<strong>of</strong> leaves with tiny<br />
brown spots.
Manganese<br />
(Mn)<br />
Micro Photosynthesis, enzyme control Soil Interveinal<br />
yellowing or<br />
mottling <strong>of</strong> young<br />
leaves.<br />
Molybdenum Micro Utilization <strong>of</strong> nitrogen Soil<br />
(Mo)<br />
Zinc (Zn) Micro Growth, chlorophyll mfg.,<br />
enzyme reactions, synthesis <strong>of</strong><br />
auxin<br />
Soil, zinc oxide,<br />
zinc sulfate, zinc<br />
chelate<br />
Fluoride (F-)<br />
Not a<br />
Micro<br />
Interveianl<br />
yellowing <strong>of</strong> young<br />
leaves; reduced leaf<br />
size.<br />
Older leaves have<br />
brown spots<br />
surrounded by a<br />
chlorotic circle or<br />
zone.<br />
Excess zinc may<br />
cause iron<br />
deficiency in some<br />
plants.<br />
Water treatment for human health None Foliar burn in<br />
tropical plants,<br />
houseplants<br />
(Easter Lily)<br />
Lime: Lime is added to the soil to adjust the acidity <strong>of</strong> the soil to bring it to the idea pH <strong>of</strong> 6.0 to 7.0. At this level nutrients become<br />
readily available to plants, increase the microbial population in the soil, and nitrogen and sulfur are converted to available forms.<br />
79
80<br />
Botanical and common names<br />
Interior <strong>Plant</strong>s<br />
Conditions<br />
L T<br />
i e<br />
g m<br />
h p<br />
t<br />
H<br />
u<br />
m<br />
i<br />
d<br />
i<br />
t<br />
y<br />
<strong>Plant</strong> characteristics and uses<br />
T p<br />
G c<br />
a l<br />
r o<br />
b a<br />
l n<br />
e t<br />
Asparagus setaceus, plumed asparagus fern H W M <br />
Aspidistra elatior, cast-iron plant L C L <br />
Astrophytum myrostigma, bishop’s cap H CR L <br />
Beaucarnea recurvata (Nolina recurvata), ponytail M W L <br />
plant<br />
Begonia x argenteoguttata, angel-winged begonia H W M <br />
Begonia masoniana, iron-cross begonia M W M <br />
Begonia rex, rex begonia M W M <br />
Calathea species, calathea M W H <br />
Callisia species, Bolivian Jew M W M <br />
Caryota mitis, fishtail palm H W M <br />
Cephalocereus senilis, old-man cactus H CR L <br />
Cereus peruvianus, apple cactus H CR L <br />
S<br />
p<br />
e<br />
c<br />
i<br />
m<br />
e<br />
n<br />
H b<br />
a a<br />
n s<br />
g k<br />
i e<br />
n t<br />
g<br />
o v<br />
u e<br />
n r<br />
d<br />
T t<br />
o r<br />
t a<br />
e i<br />
m n<br />
s e<br />
d<br />
&<br />
D g<br />
i a<br />
s r<br />
h d<br />
e<br />
n<br />
s<br />
U f<br />
n o<br />
i l<br />
q i<br />
u a<br />
e g<br />
e<br />
D p<br />
u l<br />
r a<br />
a n<br />
b t<br />
l<br />
e
81<br />
Chamaedorea elegans, parlor palm H W M <br />
Chlorophytum comosum ‘Vittatum’, white-striped M W H <br />
spider plant<br />
Chrysalidocarpus lutescens, butterfly palm, areca H W M <br />
palm<br />
Cissus antacritica, kangaroo vine M W M <br />
Cissus discolor, begonia cissus M W M <br />
Cissus quandrangularis, winged treebine M W L <br />
Cissus rhombifolia, grape ivy M W M <br />
Clerodendron thomsoniae, glory bower H W M <br />
Codiaeum variegatum, croton H W L <br />
Cordyline terminalis, Hawaiian ti plant M W M <br />
Crassula argentea, jade plant M W L <br />
Cryptanthus acaulis, earthstar M W L <br />
Cryptanthus bivittatus ‘Pink Starlight’, pink M W L <br />
starlight earthstar<br />
Cyanotis kewensis, teddy bear vine M W M <br />
Cycas revoluta, sago palm H W L <br />
Cyrtomium falcatum, holly fern L W M <br />
Davallia species, squirrel’s-foot fern M C H <br />
Dieffenbachia hybrids, dumbcane, dieffenbachia L W L <br />
Dizgotheca elegantissima, false aralia VH W L <br />
Dracaena deremensis ‘Janet Craig’, Janet Craig M W L <br />
dracaena<br />
Dracaena deremensis ‘Warneckei’, Warnecke’s L W L <br />
dracaena<br />
Dracaena fragrans ‘Massangeana’, striped corn M W L <br />
plant<br />
Dracaena marginata, Madagascar dragon tree, rededged<br />
H W L <br />
dracaena<br />
Dracaena marginata ‘Tricolor’, rainbow dracaena VH W M
82<br />
Echinocactus grusonii, barrel cactus H CR L <br />
Episcia species and cultivars, flame violet M W M <br />
Epiphyllum hybrids, orchid cactus H CR M <br />
Epipremnum aureum, pothos L C L <br />
Euphorbia milii, crown-<strong>of</strong>-thorns H W L <br />
Euphorbia obesa, botanical wonder H W L <br />
Fatshedera lizei, botanical wonder M C M <br />
Fatsia japonica, Japanese fatsia, Japanese aralia M C M <br />
Faucaria tigrina, tiger’s jaws H CR L <br />
Ficus benjamina, weeping fig H W M <br />
Ficus elastica, rubber plant M W L <br />
Ficus lyrata, fiddleleaf fig L W L <br />
Ficus pumila, creeping fig L W M <br />
Fittonia verschaffeltii var. argyroneura, white M W H <br />
nerve plant<br />
Graptopetalum paraguayense, ghost plant M CR L <br />
Grevillia robusta, silky oak H W M <br />
Gynura aurantiaca, purple passion vine H W M <br />
Hatioria salicornioides, drunkard’s dream M CR L <br />
Hedera helix, English ivy M W M <br />
Hemigraphis alternata, red ivy M W M <br />
Hoya cultivars, hoya H W L <br />
Lithops species, living stones H CR L <br />
Mammillaria species, pincushion cactus H CR L <br />
Maranta leuconeura var. kerchoviana, prayer plant M W H <br />
Maranta leuconeura var. erythroneura, red prayer M W H <br />
plant, red nerve plant<br />
Monstera deliciosa, splitleaf philodendron, M W M <br />
Mexican breadfruit<br />
Nematanthus species, gold-fish plant M W M <br />
Neoreglia species H W L <br />
Nephrolepis exaltata, sword fern M W M
83<br />
Opuntia species, prickly pear H CR L <br />
Pandanus veitchii, screwpine H W L <br />
Pedilanthus tithymaloides, red lady slipper flower H W L <br />
Pellionia pulchra, rainbow vine H W M <br />
Pellionia repens, trailing watermelon vine H W M <br />
Peperomia argyreia, watermelon peperomia H W M <br />
Peperomia caperata ‘Emerald Ripple’, emerald H W M <br />
ripple peperomia<br />
Peperomia griseoargentea, ivy-leaf pepper H W M <br />
Peperomia obtusifolia, pepperface, roundleaf H W M <br />
peperomia<br />
Peperomia scandens, serpent peperomia H W M <br />
Philodendron hybrids, philodendron M W L <br />
Philodendron bipennifolium, fiddleleaf<br />
M W L <br />
philodendron<br />
Philodendron bipinnatifidum (P. Selloum), tree M W L <br />
philodendron<br />
Philodendron scandens var. oxycardium, heartleaf M W L <br />
philodendron<br />
Phoenix Roebelenii, dwarf pygmy palm H W M <br />
Pilea Cadierei, aluminum plant M W M <br />
Pilea nummularifolia, creeping Charlie M W M <br />
Pilea repens, black-leaf Panamiga M W M <br />
Pittosporum tobira, Japanese pittosportum VH W L <br />
Platycerium species, staghorn fern M W M <br />
Plectranthus australis, Swedish ivy M W M <br />
Plectranthus fosteri, candle plant M W M <br />
Plectranthus oertendahli ‘Variegatus’, coleus vine M W M <br />
Podocarpus macrophyllus, Japanese yew VH W L <br />
Polyscias guilfoylei, German aralia H W M <br />
Portulacarai afra, elephant bush H W L <br />
Radermachera sinica, China doll M W M
84<br />
Rhapis cultivars, lady palm H W M <br />
Rhoeo spathacea (Tradescantia spathacea), H W H <br />
Moses-in-the-cradle<br />
Sainpaulia ionantha, African violet M W M <br />
Sansevieria cylindrica, cylindrical snakeplant L W L <br />
Sansevieria trifasciata, snakeplant L W L <br />
Sansevieria trifasciata ‘Hahnii’, bird’s-nest M W L <br />
sansevieria<br />
Sansevieria trifasciata ‘Laurentii’, Laurent’s M W L <br />
sansevieria<br />
Sansevieria zeylanica, Ceylon bowstring hemp M W L <br />
Saxifraga stolonifera, strawberry begonia M W H <br />
Schefflera actinophylla, schefflera H W M <br />
Schefflera arboricola, dwarf schefflera M W M <br />
Schlumbergera x buckleyi (S. Bridgesii), M CR M <br />
Christmas cactus<br />
Schlumbergera gaertneri (Hatioria gaertneri), M CR M <br />
Easter cactus<br />
Sedum morganianum, burro’s tail VH W L <br />
Senecio herreianus, green marble vine H W M <br />
Setcreasea purpurea (Tradescantia purpurea), H W M <br />
purple heart<br />
Soleirolia soleirolii, baby’s-tears M W H <br />
Spathipyllum hybrids, peace lily L W M <br />
Strelitzia reginae, bird-<strong>of</strong>-paradise VH W M <br />
Streptocarpus saxorum, false African violet M W M <br />
Syngonium podophyllum, nephthytis, arrowhead M W L <br />
vine<br />
Tolmiea menziesii, piggy-back plant H W H <br />
Tradescantia species, wandering Jews H W M <br />
Tripogandra multiflora, Tahitian bridal veil H W M <br />
Vriesea splendens, flaming sword H CR L
Zebrina pendula, wandering Jew H W M <br />
Light levels: VH = direct sunlight, a person can read without supplemental lighting at any time during the day; H = bright, indirect sunlight, a person can read without supplemental<br />
lighting for most <strong>of</strong> the day; M = indirect sunlight, supplemental light needed during the early morning or early evening hours in order to read; L = low sunlight, supplemental light<br />
needed at any time <strong>of</strong> the day in order to read.<br />
Temperature: W = warm (60 to 65 degrees F days, and 55 to 60 degrees F nights); C = cool (50 to 60 degrees F days, 45 to 55 degrees F nights); CR = cool during winter rest (50 to 60<br />
degrees F days, 45 to 55 degrees F nights).<br />
Humidity: L = plant survives under low humidity conditions; M = moderate or average home humidity conditions; H = supplemental moisture in the air is desirable.<br />
85
Xeriscape: Water-wise Landscaping<br />
Objectives<br />
1. Realize future water demands and how better landscape management can conserve and<br />
improve water sources.<br />
2. Xeriscaping is not desert drought gardening.<br />
3. Learn and understand the seven steps <strong>of</strong> Xeriscape.<br />
4. Critically evaluate landscapes and be able to divide them into the three water-use zones<br />
(Oasis, Transition & Xeric).<br />
5. Chose proper plant material for specific landscape situations.<br />
6. Promote water-wise gardening and water conservation in your community.<br />
Terms to Know<br />
Nonpoint source (NPS) water pollution - also known as polluted run<strong>of</strong>f, comes from diffuse or<br />
scattered sources in the environment rather than from a defined outlet such as a pipe. As water<br />
moves across and through the land it picks up and carries away natural and human-made<br />
pollutants depositing them into lakes, rivers, wetlands, coastal waters, and even our underground<br />
sources <strong>of</strong> drinking water.<br />
Xeriscape- a common sense, quality method <strong>of</strong> landscaping that conserves water and protects the<br />
environment.<br />
Oasis Zone- high water use zone<br />
Transition Zone- moderate water use zone<br />
Xeric Zone- low to no (supplemental) water use zone<br />
Thinning Cuts- pruning <strong>of</strong> selected branches to reduce a plant’s water requirements.<br />
Grasscycling- allowing mulched grass to fall on the ground after mowing to <strong>of</strong>fer an excellent<br />
slow-release natural nitrogen source and organic layer to the soil.<br />
For more information on Water-wise Landscaping:<br />
http://mastergardeners.tennessee.edu<br />
Xeriscape Handbook by Gayle Weinstein<br />
Xeriscape Color Guide David Winger<br />
Xeriscape <strong>Plant</strong> Guide by Denver Water<br />
Xeriscape: a guide to developing a water-wise landscape by Gary Wade & Jim Midcap <strong>of</strong> the<br />
University <strong>of</strong> Georgia.<br />
To print a Xeriscape Book: http://www.ces.uga.edu/pubcd/B1073.htm<br />
Create your own Water-wise <strong>Plant</strong> List<br />
All plants must be in the right place in your landscape. <strong>Plant</strong>s that typically appreciate arid or<br />
drought situations but may not be tolerate wet areas during times <strong>of</strong> drought. Know the flow <strong>of</strong><br />
water before you plant placement. Use Oasis, Transition, Xeric Zone terms to identify plants for<br />
your Xeriscape. Keep adding your own selections and discoveries to this list.<br />
86
Trees<br />
Scientific Name Common Name Zone<br />
Shrubs<br />
Ornamental Grasses<br />
Ground Covers<br />
Perennials<br />
Annuals<br />
87
Ground Cover Calculations<br />
How to figure the number <strong>of</strong> ground cover plants required: Multiply the number <strong>of</strong> square feet by<br />
the number <strong>of</strong> plants required per square foot using this table.<br />
Distance Apart<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>s Per Sq. Ft.<br />
4" 9.11<br />
6" 4<br />
8" 2.25<br />
9" 1.77<br />
10" 1.44<br />
12" 1<br />
18" .45<br />
24" .25<br />
36" .11<br />
One Flat <strong>of</strong> 100 <strong>Plant</strong>s Will Cover:<br />
Inch Spacing<br />
Square Feet<br />
4" 11<br />
6" 25<br />
8" 44<br />
10" 70<br />
12" 100<br />
15" 156<br />
18" 225<br />
24" 400<br />
88
Ground Covers <strong>Plant</strong> Lists<br />
Low-growing ground covers for shade<br />
Wild Ginger Asarum europaeum<br />
Japanese Painted Fern Athyrium nipponicum<br />
Lily <strong>of</strong> the Valley Convallaria majalis<br />
Wood Fern Dryopteris spp.<br />
Prostrate Japanese Plum Yew Cephalotaxus harrington ‘Prostrata’<br />
Barrenwart Epimedium spp.<br />
Galax, Wandflower Galax urcelolata<br />
Sweet Woodruff Galium odoratum<br />
Cranesbill Geranium spp.<br />
Hakone Grass Hanonechloa marca ‘Aureola’<br />
Lenton Rose Helleborous spp.<br />
Alum root Heuchera spp.<br />
Hosta Hosta spp.<br />
Deadnettle Lamium spp.<br />
Creeping Lily Turf Liriope spicata<br />
Lily Turf Liriope muscari<br />
Creeping Jenny Lysimachia nummularia<br />
Mondo Grass Ophiopogon japonicus<br />
Royal, Cinnamon Ferns Osmunda spp.<br />
Allegheny Spurge Pachysandra procumbens<br />
Japanese Spurge Pachysandra terminaltis<br />
Virginia Creeper Parthenocissus quinquefolia<br />
Christmas or Tassel Fern Polystichum spp.<br />
Lungwort Pulmonaria longifolia<br />
Foamflower Tiarella cordifolia<br />
Periwinkle Vinca spp.<br />
Low-growing ground covers for sun<br />
Glossy Abelia Abelia x grandiflora<br />
Wormwood Artemisa spp.<br />
Crimson Pygmy Barberry Berberis thumbergii<br />
Feather Reed Grass Calamagrostis acutifolia ‘Overdam’<br />
Green and Gold Chrysogonum viriginianum<br />
Redoiser Dogwood Cornus sericea ‘Kelsey’<br />
Cotoneaster Cotoneaster spp.<br />
Ice <strong>Plant</strong> Delosperma cooperi<br />
Dianthus or Pinks Dianthus gratianopolitanus<br />
Blue Oat Grass Helictorichon sempervirens<br />
Daylily Hemerocallis spp.<br />
St. John’s Wort Hypericum calycinum<br />
Candytuff Iberis sempervirens<br />
89
Weeping Winter Jasmine Jasminum nudiflorus<br />
Blue Pacific Juniper Juniperus chinensis ‘Blue Pacific’<br />
Shore Juniper Juniperus conferta cvs.<br />
Creeping Juniper Juniperus horizontais ‘Blue Chip’, ‘Blue Horizon’ ‘Wiltonii’<br />
Dahurian Juniper Juniperus davurica ‘Parsoni’<br />
Dwarf Juniper Juniperus procumbens ‘Nana’<br />
Single-seed Juniper Juniperus squamata ‘Blue Star’, ‘Blue Carpet’<br />
Chinese Silver Grass Miscanthus sinensis<br />
Fountain grass Pennisetum spp.<br />
Creeping Phlox Phlox divaricata<br />
Fragrant Sumac Rhus aromatica<br />
Carpet Rose Rosa ‘Flower Carpet’<br />
Creeping Rosemary Rosemarinus <strong>of</strong>ficianalis ‘Prostratus’<br />
Creeping Raspberry Pubus calynoides<br />
Meadow Sage Salivia nemorosa<br />
Stonecrop, Sedum Sedum spp.<br />
Japanese Spirea Spirea japonica<br />
Thyme Thymus x citriodorus<br />
Verbena Verbena spp.<br />
Evergreen ground covers<br />
Glossy Abelia Abelia x grandiflora<br />
Prostrate Japanese Plum Yew Cephalotaxus harrington ‘Prostrata’<br />
Lily <strong>of</strong> the Valley Convallaria majalis<br />
Cotoneaster Cotoneaster spp.<br />
Dianthus or Pinks Dianthus gratianopolitanus<br />
Sweet Woodruff Galium odoratum<br />
Cranesbill Geranium spp.<br />
Lenton Rose Helleborous spp.<br />
Alum root Heuchera spp.<br />
Candytuff Iberis sempervirens<br />
Weeping Winter Jasmine Jasminum nudiflorus<br />
Dwarf Juniper Juniperus procumbens ‘Nana’<br />
Blue Pacific Juniper Juniperus chinensis ‘Blue Pacific’<br />
Blue Rug Juniper Juniperus horizontais ‘Wiltonii’<br />
Creeping Lily Turf Liriope spicata<br />
Lily turf Liriope muscari<br />
Creeping Jenny Lysimachia nummularia<br />
Mondo grass Ophiopogon japonicus<br />
Allegheny spurge Pachysandra procumbens<br />
Japanese spurge Pachysandra terminaltis<br />
Creeping Raspberry Pubus calynoides<br />
Creeping Rosemary Rosemarinus <strong>of</strong>ficianalis ‘Prostratus’<br />
Thyme Thymus x citriodorus<br />
90
Foamflower Tiarella cordifolia<br />
Periwinkle Vinca spp.<br />
Flowering ground covers<br />
Glossy Abelia Abelia x grandiflora<br />
Wild Ginger Asarum europaeum<br />
Lily <strong>of</strong> the Valley Convallaria majalis<br />
Green and gold Chrysogonum viriginianum<br />
Redoiser Dogwood Cornus sericea ‘Kelsey’<br />
Cotoneaster Cotoneaster spp.<br />
Ice <strong>Plant</strong> Delosperma cooperi<br />
Dianthus or Pinks Dianthus gratianopolitanus<br />
Galax, Wandflower Galax urcelolata<br />
Sweet Woodruff Galium odoratum<br />
Cranesbill Geranium spp.<br />
Lenton Rose Helleborous spp.<br />
Daylily Hemerocallis spp.<br />
Alum root Heuchera spp.<br />
Hosta Hosta spp.<br />
St. John’s Wort Hypericum calycinum<br />
Candytuff Iberis sempervirens<br />
Weeping Winter Jasmine Jasminum nudiflorus<br />
Creeping Lily Turf Liriope spicata<br />
Lily turf Liriope muscari<br />
Mondo grass Ophiopogon japonicus<br />
Creeping Phlox Phlox divaricata<br />
Creeping Raspberry Pubus calynoides<br />
Carpet Rose Rosa ‘Flower Carpet’<br />
Creeping Rosemary Rosemarinus <strong>of</strong>ficianalis ‘Prostratus’<br />
Meadow Sage Salivia nemorosa<br />
Stonecrop, Sedum Sedum spp.<br />
Japanese Spirea Spirea japonica<br />
Foamflower Tiarella cordifolia<br />
Verbena Verbena spp.<br />
Periwinkle Vinca spp.<br />
Ground covers for wet soils*<br />
Wild Ginger Asarum europaeum<br />
Sweet Flag Acorus gramineus<br />
Japanese Painted Fern Athyrium nipponicum<br />
Redoiser Dogwood Cornus sericea ‘Kelsey’<br />
Deadnettle Lamium spp.<br />
Creeping Jenny Lysimachia nummularia<br />
* Grass is the only appropriate ground cover for septic fill lines.<br />
91
HERB REFERENCE AND RESOURCE LISTS<br />
Websites:<br />
Mississippi State University – www.msucares.com/lawn/herbs<br />
Johnny’s Selected Seeds - www.johnnyseeds.com<br />
Richter’s Herb - www.richters.com<br />
Herb Growing and Marketing Network - www.herbworld.com<br />
International Herb Association – www.iherb.com<br />
Books:<br />
Southern Herb Growing – Author: Madelene Hill and Gwen Barclay<br />
Taylor’s Guide to Herbs (Taylor’s Guide to Gardening) – Houghton<br />
Mifflin Company; Editors: Rita Buchanan & Frances Tenenbaum<br />
The Rodale Herb Book – Rodale Press Book Division, Editor:William H. Hylton<br />
Herbal Wreaths – Author: Carol Taylor<br />
Potpourri Crafts – Author: Dawn Cusick<br />
The Complete Book <strong>of</strong> Everlastings – Author: Mark and Terry Silber<br />
Herbs for Weddings and Other Celebrations – Author: Bertha Repppert<br />
Flavored Oils-50 Recipes for Cooking with Infused Oils – Author: Michael Chiarello<br />
Skinny Spices-50 Nifty Homemade Spice Blends and 100 Low-cal Recipes to Make Any<br />
Meal Delicious – Author: Erica Levy Klein<br />
The Crafter’s Garden- Author: Joni Prittie<br />
Herbal Gifts – Author: Joanna Sheen<br />
Gifts From the Herb Garden – Author: Emelie Tolley and Chris Mead<br />
Making and Selling Herbal Crafts – Author: Alyce Nadeau<br />
The Herbal Pantry – Author: Emelie Tolley and Chris Mead<br />
92
Basil-An Herb Lover’s Guide – Author: Thomas Debaggio and Susan Belsinger<br />
Today’s Herbal Kitchen-How to Cook and Design with Herbs Through The Seasons –<br />
Authors: Memphis Herb Society, Published by Wimmer Companies<br />
The Healing Herbs – Author: Michael Castleman<br />
American Horticultural Society Herb Gardens – Published by DK Publishing<br />
Better Homes and Gardens Herb Gardens – Published by Meredith Books<br />
The Natural Remedy Bible – Authors: Michael Tierra and John Lust<br />
The Herb Book – Author: John Lust<br />
Rodale’s Illustrated Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> Herbs – Published by Rodale Press, Editors: Claire<br />
Kowalchik and William H. Hylton<br />
Herbal Vinegar – Author: Maggie Oster<br />
The Pleasure <strong>of</strong> Herbs – Author: Phyllis Shaudys<br />
The Green Pharmacy – Author: James A. Duke<br />
Storey’s Books for Country Living, Storey Communications Inc. School House Road,<br />
Dept. 9600, Pownal, Vermont 05261, Tel. 800-441-5700 – Country Wisdom Bulletin<br />
Library<br />
A-130 Making Potpourri<br />
A-112 Making and Using Flavored Vinegars<br />
A-119 Growing and Using Basil<br />
A-168 Natural and Herbal Family Remedies<br />
A-166 Growing and Using Sage<br />
A-145 Growing and Cooking with Mint<br />
A-131 Growing and Using Scented Geraniums<br />
A-174 Tea and Teatime Recipes<br />
A-129 Making and Using Mustards<br />
A-149 Make 22 Herbal Gifts for the Holidays<br />
Herbal Cosmetics – Author: Jim Long<br />
Dream Pillows and Love Potions – Author: Jim Long<br />
How to Make Romantic Bentwood Garden Trellises – Author: Jim Long<br />
93
Tea and Cakes Under the Trellis – Author: Jim Long<br />
Compiled by: Lelia Scott Kelly, Ph.D.<br />
Horticulture Specialist<br />
Mississippi State University Extension Service<br />
SOURCES <strong>OF</strong> HERB SEEDS AND PLANTS<br />
• Thompson & Morgan, P.O. Box 1308, Jackson, NJ 08527-0308<br />
Toll-free 1-800-274-7333 Fax toll-free 1-888-466-4769<br />
On the Internet at www.thompson-morgan.com<br />
• Shepherd’s Garden Seeds, 30 Irene St., Torrington, CT 06790<br />
Ph: 1-860-482-3638 Fax: 1-860-482-0532<br />
On the Internet at www.shepherdseeds.com<br />
• Johnny’s Selected Seeds, RR 1, Box 2580, Albion, ME 04910-9731<br />
Ph: 1-207-437-4395 Fax toll-free: 1-800-738-6314 (anytime)<br />
On the Internet at www.johnnyseeds.com<br />
• Richters Herb Catalogue, Goodwood, Ontario, Lociao, Canada<br />
Ph: 1-905-640-6677 Fax #1-905-640-6641<br />
On the Internet at www.richters.com<br />
• Nichols Garden Nursery, 1190 Old Salem Rd. NE, Albany, Oregon 97321-4580<br />
Ph: 1-541-928-9280 Fax toll-free: 1-800-231-5306<br />
E-mail: Nichols@gardennursery.com<br />
Other information sources:<br />
Mississippi State University Web sites – www.msucares.com/lawn/herbs<br />
Books: Southern Herb Growing – Author: Madelene Hill and Gwen Barclay<br />
Taylor’s Guide to Herbs (Taylor’s Guide to Gardening) – Published by: Houghton<br />
Mifflin Company; Editors: Rita Buchanan & Frances Tenenbaum<br />
Compiled by: Lelia Scott Kelly, Ph.D.<br />
Horticulture Specialist<br />
Mississippi State University Extension Service<br />
94
Herbs<br />
Listed below are some <strong>of</strong> the more common herbs that you may want to grow, along with<br />
minimum basic information. Average garden soil with excellent drainage is assumed. It may also<br />
be assumed that every plant listed was used medicinally at one time by some society for<br />
medicinal purposes. If the code "M" is given for it, this means that this was its only major use.<br />
NAME TYPE USE CULTURE PART USED<br />
Agrimony P M Dry Whole plant<br />
Ajuga P M PSh Leaf<br />
Alexanders B Rep,C PSh Whole plant<br />
Anise A C Dry Ripe seed<br />
Basil, holy A Rel. FS Whole plant<br />
Basil, sweet A C FS,W,RS Leaf<br />
Bay tree T Rel,C FS, W Leaf<br />
Beebalm P C FS Leaf, blossom<br />
Borage A C FS Leaf<br />
Burnet, Salad P C PSh Leaf<br />
Capers TP C FS Flower Bud<br />
Caraway B C FS Root, Ripe seed<br />
Cardoon B C FS Midrib <strong>of</strong> leaf<br />
Catnip P M,Pet FS Leaf & flower<br />
Chamomile,Ger. A M,Cos. FS Flower<br />
Chamomile,Rom. P M,O FS Whole plant<br />
Chervil HA C PSh Leaf<br />
Chives P C RS,W,FS Leaf<br />
Colchicum HC P FS Corm<br />
Comfrey P M RS,PS Ripe seed<br />
& Cilantro<br />
Leaf<br />
Costmary P Rel,H FS,LS Leaf & Flower<br />
Cumin A C,M FS Ripe seed<br />
Dill A C,M FS Seeds, weed<br />
Dittany TP M,H PSh Leaf<br />
Epazote A M,C RS,FS Whole plant<br />
Equisetum P Abrasive RS,PS Stem<br />
Fennel A,TP Rep,C,H FS Seeds, weed<br />
Ferula TP R,H FS Stem<br />
Feverfew P M FS Leaf<br />
Flax A M FS Seed<br />
Foxglove B M PS Leaf<br />
Garlic H B Rep,M, C RS,W,FS Bulb<br />
Garlic Chives P C RS,W,FS Leaf<br />
Ginger TP C,M RS,W Rhizome<br />
Good King Henry P C RS, FS Leaf<br />
95
Hellebores P P,M Sh Root<br />
Henbane A P,M PSh Whole <strong>Plant</strong><br />
Hops PV C,M Support Bracts<br />
Horehound P C,M Dry,FS Leaf<br />
Hyssop P C,M FS Leaf<br />
Iris P F,Cos. FS Rhizome<br />
Lamb's Ear P M LS,FS Leaf<br />
Larkspur HA P,Rep. FS Seeds<br />
Lavender P F FS Flower buds<br />
Leek B M,C,H RS,W Stem<br />
Lemon Balm P C Dry,FS Leaf<br />
Lemon Verbena TP C,F FS Leaf<br />
Linden HT C,F FS Bracts<br />
Lovage P C,M PSh Leaf<br />
Lungwort P M Sh,W Leaf<br />
Madder P D FS Root<br />
Marigold,Med. A Rel,C FS Flower<br />
Marigold,Mex. A Rep. FS Whole plant<br />
Marjoram TP C,Rel. FS,LS Leaf<br />
Mignonette A F FS Flower<br />
Milkweed P M FS Root<br />
Mint P M,C PSh,W Leaf<br />
Monkshood P P,M Sh Tubers<br />
Mugwort P C,Rep. FS Leaf<br />
Mullein B M LS,FS Leaf<br />
Mustard A C FS Seed<br />
Myrtle TT Rel. FS Leaf, flower<br />
Old Roses HSh F,M,H FS Flower<br />
Oregano P,TP C FS Leaf<br />
Paprika A C FS,W Fruit<br />
Papyrus TP Rep. FS,W Stem<br />
Parsley B C PSh,W Leaf, Root<br />
Pennyroyal P Rep. FS Leaf<br />
Pelargoniums TP F,C FS Leaf<br />
Pleurisy Root P M FS Whole plant<br />
Pyrethrum P Rep. FS Flower<br />
Rosemary TP C,M FS Leaf<br />
Rue P Rep,M FS Leaf<br />
Safflower A D,C FS Petals<br />
Saffron HC D,C FS Stigmata<br />
Sage P M,C FS Leaf<br />
Santolina P F,Rep. FS Whole plant<br />
Savory,Sum. A C FS Leaf<br />
Savory,Win. P C FS Leaf<br />
96
Sesame A C,Rel. FS Seeds<br />
Shallots HB C FS,RS,W Bulb<br />
Smallage B C FS Seed<br />
Soapwort P Soap,Ful. FS Whole plant<br />
Sorrel P C RS,W Leaf<br />
Southernwood P F,Rep FS Whole plant<br />
Starchwort P Starch FS Corm<br />
Stevia TP C FS Leaf<br />
St.Johns Wort P M,Rep. FS Flower<br />
Sweet Flag P C,M,F FS,W Rhizome<br />
Tansy P M,Rep. FS Whole plant<br />
Tarragon P C PSh. Leaf<br />
Teasel B Ful. RS,FS Seed Pods<br />
Thistle,Milk A M FS Leaf, Seed<br />
", On. acan. B H FS Whole plant<br />
", Car. vul. A H FS Whole plant<br />
", Cni.ben. A M FS Whole plant<br />
Thyme P,TP M,C FS Leaf<br />
Tumeric TP M,C FS Rhizome<br />
Valerian P M,Rep. PSh Root<br />
Vetiver TP M,F,Rep. FS Root<br />
Weld B D FS Whole plant<br />
Wintergreen P C,M Sh,Acid Whole plant<br />
Witch Hazel PSh M PSh Bark<br />
Woad B D RS,FS Leaf<br />
Woodruff,Sw. P C,F Sh,Acid Leaf<br />
Wormwood P M FS Leaf<br />
Yarrow P M FS Leaf<br />
KEY TO TYPE <strong>OF</strong> PLANT: KEY TO CULTURE: KEY TO USE <strong>OF</strong> PLANT:<br />
A - Annual FS - Full sun C - Culinary<br />
B - Biennial PSh - Part Shade Cos - Cosmetic<br />
HA - Hardy Annual RS - Rich Soil D - Dye<br />
HB - Hardy Bulb LS - Lean Soil F - Fragrance<br />
HC - Hardy Corm Sh - Shade Ful - by Fullers<br />
HSh- Hardy Shrub W - Water H - Historic<br />
P – Perennial<br />
M - Medicinal<br />
PV - Perennial vine<br />
O - Ornamental<br />
TP - Tender Perennial<br />
P - Poison<br />
TSh.- Tender Shrub<br />
Rel - Religious<br />
TT - Tender Tree<br />
Rep - Repellant<br />
97
SOYBEAN AND<br />
OILSEED <strong>CROPS</strong><br />
98
SOYBEANS<br />
Land Selection .................................................................................................................100<br />
Variety Selection, Maturity Groups and Disease Resistance ...........................................100<br />
Maturity Date by <strong>Plant</strong>ing Date for Different Maturity Groups ......................................101<br />
How the Soybean <strong>Plant</strong> Grows ........................................................................................102<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates .................................................................................................................103<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates ..................................................................................................................104<br />
Row Widths .....................................................................................................................105<br />
Fertilization and Liming ..................................................................................................105<br />
Inoculation ......................................................................................................................105<br />
Insect Control ..................................................................................................................105<br />
Disease Control ...............................................................................................................105<br />
Harvesting .......................................................................................................................106<br />
Drying and Storing ..........................................................................................................106<br />
Yield Estimates ...............................................................................................................106<br />
Marketing ........................................................................................................................107<br />
SUNFLOWERS .........................................................................................................................108<br />
99
SOYBEANS<br />
(Glycine max.)<br />
The soybean belongs to the Leguminosae<br />
family and, like other legumes, has the ability to<br />
supply its own nitrogen needs utilizing<br />
Rhizobium japonicum, a soil nitrogen-fixing<br />
bacteria. Soybean seeds grown in Tennessee<br />
average about 20 percent oil and 38 percent<br />
protein and a bushel <strong>of</strong> seed at 13% moisture<br />
weighs 60 pounds.<br />
Land Selection<br />
Productive soybean soils are deep or moderately<br />
deep, well to moderately well-drained, mediumtextured<br />
soils that occur on level or gentlysloping<br />
fields with no danger <strong>of</strong> flooding and<br />
where run<strong>of</strong>f and erosion are minimal. Reduced<br />
yields can be expected on more droughty upland<br />
soils. Maturity Group (MG) 3 varieties should<br />
always be placed on productive soils. MG4 and<br />
5 varieties are suited to both high yielding and<br />
less productive soils.<br />
(Figure 1. Maturity Group zones for soybeans)<br />
Variety Selection<br />
Soybean varieties are selected for their yield across different environments, maturity designation,<br />
and disease resistance. A maturity group designation is based on the U.S. latitude in which that<br />
variety was developed for use as a full season bean (Figure 1). Traditionally, the MG 5 bean has<br />
the widest adaptation across Tennessee, but due to an interest in early planting and harvest, these<br />
varieties are planted on only about one third <strong>of</strong> Tennessee’s soybean acreage. “Early maturity”<br />
varieties in MG 3 and 4 have increased in use and currently Tennessee growers plant<br />
approximately 20% Group 3 and 50% Group 4 varieties. Group 2s are planted on less than 1% <strong>of</strong><br />
acres. Approximately 98% <strong>of</strong> Tennessee soybeans are Roundup Ready ® . A new herbicide<br />
tolerant soybean that is tolerant to glufosinate, Liberty Link ® , is expected to be released<br />
commercially in 2009.<br />
Yield - Producers should plant a combination <strong>of</strong> maturity groups to spread their risk for loss due<br />
to dry weather during the season. For latest variety performance comparisons, see the most<br />
recent version <strong>of</strong> Soybean Variety Tests in Tennessee.<br />
Maturity Groups - When choosing a maturity group to plant, producers should consider how<br />
early the soybeans can be planted and when harvest is desired (Figure 2, 3). MG 3 and 4<br />
soybeans require less time to mature than MG 5 varieties when planted at the same time. Group 3<br />
and 4 soybeans should be planted when soil temperatures are adequate in late April up to mid<br />
100
May for best results. Early MG 5 soybeans (5.0-5.5) can be planted in May or as a double crop<br />
bean. MG 4 or 5 varieties can be used as a salvage planting in July.<br />
The harvest time for MG 3 and early planted MG 4 varieties is usually during corn harvest.<br />
Producers should have the time and the equipment to harvest these varieties in a timely manner<br />
to avoid harvest losses from pod shattering.<br />
Disease and nematode resistance - selecting varieties with disease and nematode resistance is an<br />
important way producers control or manage some soybean diseases like stem canker and Sudden<br />
Death Syndrome (SDS) and the soybean cyst nematode. Refer to the most recent copy <strong>of</strong><br />
“Soybean Diseases and Nematode Ratings” for current varieties and their performance under<br />
Tennessee conditions. Soybeans grown in a corn and soybean rotation should have good<br />
tolerance to Sudden Death Syndrome. Soybean varieties resistant to Phytophthora root rot should<br />
be utilized on low, poorly-drained heavy clay soils or on any other soil that is subject to flooding<br />
and has poor internal as well as surface drainage. Stem canker resistance is highly desirable<br />
where soybeans are grown several years in a row in the same field.<br />
Figure 2. 2005 <strong>Plant</strong>ing and Harvest Dates for Nonirrigated Soybeans at Milan.<br />
Walker, USDA/ARS.<br />
Harvest Date by Maturity Group<br />
2005 <strong>Plant</strong>ing MG 3 MG 4 MG 5<br />
Date<br />
May 4 Sept 20 Oct 16 Oct 31<br />
May 18 Oct 7 Oct 21 Nov 7<br />
June 7 Oct 15 Oct 23 Nov 5<br />
June 23 Oct 15 Oct 21 Nov 8<br />
July 20 Oct 27 Nov 7 Nov 8<br />
August 10 Nov 23 Nov 23 Nov 23<br />
101
Figure 3. 2002 <strong>Plant</strong>ing and Maturity Dates for Irrigated Soybeans at Jackson.<br />
Buchanan et.al.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />
Date<br />
MG Bu/Acre Inches <strong>of</strong><br />
Water<br />
Applied<br />
Days to<br />
Maturity<br />
Actual<br />
Maturity*<br />
*<br />
Mid April 3.7 56.6 23 148 Sep 12<br />
4.6 61.0 26 158 Sep 22<br />
5.6* 26.2 31 210 Nov 13<br />
Mid-May 3.7 60.1 20 128 Sep 20<br />
4.6 55.1 23 132 Sep 24<br />
5.6* 20.0 28 184 Nov 15<br />
Mid-June 3.7 50.6 20 103 Sep 26<br />
4.6 35.6 22 126 Oct 19<br />
5.6* 7.3 25 153 Nov 16<br />
* Note: The MG 5 variety had disease issues which affected yield. Data are<br />
included to illustrate Days to Maturity for a typical MG 5 bean.<br />
** At full maturity a delay <strong>of</strong> 5-10 days (depending on weather) are needed<br />
to allow seed moisture to decrease to desired level prior to harvest.<br />
How the Soybean <strong>Plant</strong> Grows<br />
The rate <strong>of</strong> vegetative growth is determined by temperature, while the onset <strong>of</strong> reproduction is<br />
triggered by day- length. Soybeans flower in response to a specific photo period. Shorter daylength<br />
(longer dark or nighttime period) causes flowering and pod formation. Nearly all Group 1<br />
through 4 varieties have an ‘indeterminate’ growth habit while Group 5 through 9 varieties are<br />
primarily ‘determinate’ soybeans. Indeterminate soybeans flower when plants have at least three<br />
trifoliate leaves and produce new leaves, nodes and flowers all at the same time. Vegetative<br />
growth overlaps reproductive growth for 3 to 6 weeks. Determinate varieties nearly complete<br />
vegetative growth before flowering begins, and the main stem ends in a large, terminal pod<br />
cluster. Determinate soybeans flower from the upper canopy towards the base. Indeterminate<br />
soybeans flower at the base (3 rd -5th node) first then proceeds towards the top as new nodes are<br />
added.<br />
102
Description <strong>of</strong> Vegetative Stages <strong>of</strong> Soybean Growth<br />
Stage No. Description<br />
VE Cotyledons above the soil surface<br />
VC Unifoliate leaves unrolled so that leaf edges<br />
are not touching<br />
V1 One set <strong>of</strong> unfolded trifoliate leaves<br />
V2 Two unfolded trifoliate leaves<br />
V4 Four unfolded trifoliate leaves<br />
Vn V stages continue with the unfolding <strong>of</strong><br />
trifoliate leaves. The final number <strong>of</strong><br />
trifoliates depends on the environment and<br />
variety.<br />
Description <strong>of</strong> Reproductive Stages <strong>of</strong> Soybean Growth<br />
Stage No. Abbreviated Stage Description<br />
Title<br />
R1 Beginning bloom One open flower at any node on the main stem.<br />
R2 Full bloom Open flower at one <strong>of</strong> the 2 upper nodes on the main<br />
stem with a fully developed leaf.<br />
R3 Beginning pod 3/16" (~1/4") pod on one <strong>of</strong> the 4 upper nodes on the<br />
main stem with a fully developed leaf.<br />
R4 Full pod 3/4" pods at one <strong>of</strong> the 4 upper nodes on the main<br />
stem with a fully developed leaf.<br />
R5 Beginning seed Seed 1/8" long at one <strong>of</strong> the 4 upper nodes on the<br />
main stem with a fully developed leaf.<br />
R6 Full seed Pod containing green seed that fills the pod cavity at<br />
one <strong>of</strong> the 4 upper nodes on the main stem.<br />
R7 Beginning<br />
maturity<br />
One pod on main stem has reached its mature pod<br />
color.<br />
R8 Full maturity 95% <strong>of</strong> pods have reached mature pod color; 5-10<br />
days <strong>of</strong> drying weather are needed after R8 before<br />
soybeans have
data sorted by planting date.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates<br />
Seeding rates depend on maturity group, planting date and the gemination percentage <strong>of</strong> seed.<br />
There is much variation in the number <strong>of</strong> seed per pound depending on variety and the conditions<br />
seed were produced under. Therefore, planting rate should always be based on a targeted<br />
number <strong>of</strong> seed/ft <strong>of</strong> row rather than seeding at a specific pound rate per acre. MG3<br />
varieties and double crop planted soybeans should be seeded at higher rates than MG4 or MG5<br />
full season soybeans. By law, seed sold in Tennessee must have a germination rating <strong>of</strong> 75% or<br />
better. Seed varieties with 75 to 79% germ at higher rates than seed with 80% or better<br />
germination.<br />
Figure 3. Soybean Seeding Rates (for other rates or row spacings: seeds per foot = planting<br />
rate divided by (522,720 divided by row width in inches.)<br />
Row Width<br />
Inches<br />
Broadcast<br />
N/A<br />
Desired Number <strong>of</strong> Seeds per acre (thousands)<br />
100 125 150 175 200 225<br />
Seeds per foot <strong>of</strong> row<br />
38 7.3 9.1 10.9 12.7 14.5 16.4<br />
30 5.7 7.2 8.6 10.0 11.5 12.9<br />
20 3.8 4.8 5.7 6.7 7.6 8.6<br />
15 2.9 3.6 4.3 5.0 5.7 6.5<br />
10 1.9 2.4 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3<br />
7 1.3 1.7 2.0 2.3 2.7 3.0<br />
40-60 pounds <strong>of</strong> seed / Acre<br />
Per Acre Seeding<br />
Rate<br />
Final Stand<br />
Assuming 80% Germ<br />
Comments<br />
130,000 104,000 A final uniform stand <strong>of</strong> 100,000 or<br />
140,000 112,000<br />
better plants per acre is considered<br />
150,000 120,000 sufficient for full season MG4 and 5<br />
soybeans. Seed at 150,000 seeds per acre<br />
when more seed loss is expected.<br />
160,000 128,000 MG3 or double crop soybeans should be<br />
170,000 136,000<br />
seeded at higher rates. Higher<br />
180,000 144,000 populations can improve height on MG3<br />
varieties and insure adequate stand when<br />
crop stubble affects seed placement.<br />
104
Per Acre Seeding<br />
Rate<br />
Final Stand<br />
Assuming 80% Germ<br />
Comments<br />
190,000 152,000<br />
200,000 160,000<br />
Row Width<br />
Soybeans planted during April or May have not consistently responded to narrow rows, however,<br />
beans planted in June or July generally benefit from narrow rows because <strong>of</strong> quicker canopy<br />
closure and reduced surface moisture loss. For soybeans grown in 36-inch or wider rows, select a<br />
shorter-statured variety or one that is not prone to lodging.<br />
Fertilization and Liming<br />
For fertilization and liming recommendations, see chapter on "Soil Fertility and Soil Testing."<br />
Molybdenum is necessary to the soil bacteria that ‘fix’ nitrogen for the soybean plant and can be<br />
less available in acid soils. Moly is recommended as a seed treatment at a rate <strong>of</strong> 0.2 ounce per<br />
acre the first year that limestone is applied or on soils with a pH <strong>of</strong> 5.8 or below. When lime has<br />
not been applied in several years apply 0.2 ounce <strong>of</strong> molybdenum per acre.<br />
Inoculation<br />
Inoculate seed that is to be planted on land where soybeans have not been grown in the last three<br />
to five years with a bacteria inoculant Rhizobium japonicum. Inoculation may be discontinued<br />
after two or three years <strong>of</strong> soybean production. Liquid inoculant material adheres to the seed and<br />
the likelihood <strong>of</strong> uniform inoculant application is greater. Dry inoculant products can be mixed<br />
directly on the seed in the hopper-box at planting. Liquid inoculants should be allowed to<br />
thoroughly dry on the seed before placing them in the hopper box.<br />
Insect Control<br />
Insects which attack soybeans in Tennessee are placed into four groups: soil insects, aboveground<br />
stem feeders, foliage feeders and pod feeders. The most serious damage occurs from pod<br />
feeders, followed by the foliage feeders. The major pod feeders are stink bugs and corn earworm.<br />
The primary foliage feeders are loopers, green cloverworm, Japanese beetle and bean leaf beetle.<br />
For further information on soybean insects, see the most current version <strong>of</strong> PB 1768, Insect<br />
Control Recommendations for Field Crops.<br />
Disease Control<br />
Seedling diseases can be reduced by a hopper-box treatment <strong>of</strong> Captan, Apron Maxx or Ridomil<br />
Gold. There are a number <strong>of</strong> good broad spectrum fungicides such as Apron Maxx XL that<br />
contain ingredients that are effective against Phytophtora and Rhizoctonia and against cool<br />
weather diseases such as Pythium. Soybeans planted in April or into cool soils in early May <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
benefit from a fungicide treatment because the stand is more protected although yield increases<br />
may not be observed.<br />
105
Foliar disease management for frogeye leaf spot, Septoria brown spot and anthracnose is<br />
provided by a strobilurin fungicide applied at the R3 growth stage when beans have at least 12 to<br />
15 nodes on the main stem. Some varieties respond more to an application <strong>of</strong> a foliar fungicide<br />
than others based on disease resistance. For a current list <strong>of</strong> variety response to fungicides see the<br />
latest version <strong>of</strong> “Soybean Disease Ratings and Yields”.<br />
Harvesting<br />
Maturity Group 3, 4 and 5 soybeans should be harvested when seed moisture is below 20<br />
percent. A few leaves may still be attached to Group 3 and 4 varieties. Optimum moisture for<br />
harvesting is between 13 and 14 percent. Soybean seed that are combined when the moisture is<br />
less than 12 percent are subject to more mechanical damage to seed coats. Soybeans to be<br />
utilized for seed purposes should not be harvested at less than 13 percent moisture because <strong>of</strong><br />
possible mechanical damage to seed coats resulting in poor gemination.<br />
The major loss <strong>of</strong> soybeans during harvesting is from cutter bar shatter. Combines are doing a<br />
good job if machine loss is less than 3 percent <strong>of</strong> yield. Generally for every four to six soybeans<br />
per square foot left on the ground, there is a loss <strong>of</strong> approximately 1 bushel per acre.<br />
Drying and Storing<br />
Beans with a moisture content above 13.5 percent should be artificially dried for safe, temporary<br />
storage. For safe, long-term storage, beans should be dried to 11 percent moisture.<br />
Maximum Temperature <strong>of</strong> Drying Air<br />
Oil Beans 120 F<br />
Seed Beans 80 F<br />
ESTIMATING SOYBEAN YIELDS BEFORE HARVEST<br />
Soybean seed yield estimates should be made as close to harvest as possible to more accurately<br />
reflect yield potential. Sometimes yield estimates have to be made early such as in a drought<br />
stress/crop loss situation. Producers should contact their crop insurance representative to<br />
determine options in case <strong>of</strong> a crop failure. It may be helpful to estimate seed yield <strong>of</strong> the<br />
standing crop to determine yield potential before deciding whether to bale for hay or leave<br />
standing in the field. It is best to estimate yield in at least 5 locations in the field that are<br />
representative <strong>of</strong> the stand and field conditions.<br />
Step 1. Estimate plants per acre. These lengths are equal to 1/1000 th <strong>of</strong> an acre. Count plants in<br />
one row and multiply by 1000.<br />
7 inch row= number plants in 74 feet 8 inches<br />
7.5 inch row= number <strong>of</strong> plants in 69 feet 8 inches<br />
15 inch row= number <strong>of</strong> plants in 34 feet 10 inches<br />
30 inch row= number <strong>of</strong> plants in 17 feet 5 inches<br />
106
Step 2. Estimate pods per plant. Count pods with seed on each plant for 10 consecutive plants in<br />
one row, regardless <strong>of</strong> plant size. Determine average number <strong>of</strong> pods per plant.<br />
Step 3. Estimate seeds per pod. Healthy soybean plants will average about 2.5 seeds per pod. For<br />
plants under stress, the seeds per pod could drop to 2, 1.5 or even less under high stress<br />
situations. (You can make your estimate <strong>of</strong> seeds per pod from same plants counted in Step 2).<br />
Step 4. Estimate seeds per pound (seed size). 2,500 seeds per pound is a good average value. If<br />
seeds size is consistently very small, may want to use a value <strong>of</strong> 2,800 to 3,000 seeds per pound<br />
instead.<br />
Step 5. Calculate bushels/acre:<br />
(Avg. # plants/acre) x (Avg. # pods per plant) x (Avg. # seeds per pod) divided by (seeds per<br />
pound) divided by (60 pounds per bushel <strong>of</strong> soybeans) = bushels per acre<br />
Example: 125,000 plant population x 32 pods per plant x 1.5 seed per pod/ 3000 seeds<br />
per pound/ 60 lbs per bushel= 33.33 bushels per acre<br />
Marketing<br />
Grade<br />
Grades and Grade Requirements for Soybeans<br />
Minimum<br />
Maximum limits <strong>of</strong><br />
test weight Damaged kernels Foreign Splits<br />
per bushel Heat Total material<br />
damage<br />
(pounds)<br />
(percent) (percent) (percent) (percent)<br />
Soybeans<br />
<strong>of</strong> other<br />
colors<br />
(percent)<br />
U.S. No. 1 56.0 0.2 2.0 1.0 10.0 1.0<br />
U.S. No. 2 54.0 0.5 3.0 2.0 20.0 2.0<br />
U.S. No. 3 1 52.0 1.0 5.0 3.0 30.0 5.0<br />
U.S. No. 4 2 49.0 3.0 8.0 5.0 40.0 10.0<br />
U.S. Sample grade<br />
107
U.S. Sample grade is soybeans that:<br />
(a) Do not meet the requirements for U.S. Nos., 1,2, 3, 4; or<br />
(b) Contain 8 or more stones which have an aggregate weight in excess <strong>of</strong> 0.2<br />
percent <strong>of</strong> the sample weight, 2 or more pieces <strong>of</strong> glass, 3 or more Crotalaria<br />
seed (Crotalaria spp.), 2 or more castor beans (Ricinus communis L.), 4 or<br />
more particles <strong>of</strong> an unknown foreign substance (s) or a commonly<br />
recognized harmful or toxic substance (s), 10 or more rodent pellets, bird<br />
droppings, or equivalent quantity <strong>of</strong> other animal filth per 1,000 grams <strong>of</strong><br />
soybeans; or<br />
©) Have a musty, sour, commercially objectionable foreign odor (except garlic<br />
odor); or<br />
(d) Are heating or otherwise <strong>of</strong> distinctly low quality.<br />
1 Soybeans that are purple mottled or stained are graded not higher than U.S. No. 3<br />
2 Soybeans that are materially weathered are graded not higher than U.S. No. 4.<br />
SUNFLOWERS<br />
(Helianthus annus L.)<br />
The sunflower is a native <strong>of</strong> the Americas and is adapted to nearly every part <strong>of</strong> the United<br />
States. Sunflowers are currently grown in Tennessee for fresh cut flowers, oil, birdseed and<br />
edible seed. The sunflower is a phototropic plant– its seed heads face towards the sun.<br />
Land Selection<br />
The sunflower plant is not highly drought tolerant; however, it has an extensive heavily branched<br />
tap root system that allows it to extract more soil moisture than corn roots. Sunflowers grow well<br />
in a wide range <strong>of</strong> soils. Where yield is critical, sunflowers should not be planted in fields that<br />
yield poorly for corn or soybeans.<br />
Varieties<br />
The University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee conducts sunflower variety trials at the Research and Education<br />
Center at Milan to identify varieties that are less prone to lodging and more productive under<br />
Tennessee growing conditions. Several newer varieties are herbicide tolerant (Clearfield) and<br />
are tolerant to Beyond herbicide. Data on lodging and production are available at<br />
http://varietytrials.tennessee.edu.<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Dates<br />
April 10 to June 1. Soil temperature should be at 50F or above when the seed is planted. Seed<br />
should be planted 1 to 2 inches deep depending on moisture.<br />
108
<strong>Plant</strong>ing Rates<br />
Seed sunflowers at about 6 pounds <strong>of</strong> seed per acre. <strong>Plant</strong> 10 to 12 inches apart in 30 to 40 inch<br />
rows. <strong>Plant</strong>ers equipped with cotton plates or with soybean meter cups can work well to seed<br />
sunflower seeds. Sunflower finger pickups are also available. When broadcast seeding for flower<br />
displays or wildlife plots, increase the seeding rate to 8 pounds per acre and use a variety that is<br />
not prone to lodging.<br />
Fertilization and Liming<br />
Soil fertility requirements <strong>of</strong> sunflowers are not well-known. However, good yields have been<br />
obtained from 90 pounds nitrogen, 60 pounds P 2 0 5 and 60 pounds <strong>of</strong> K 2 0 per acre. Nitrogen can<br />
be split applied (30 lbs/A at planting; 60 lbs/A side dressed). No P or K is needed on high testing<br />
soils.<br />
Desired pH is the same as for corn.<br />
Harvesting<br />
Sunflowers are mature when the backs <strong>of</strong> the heads are yellow and the outer bracts are beginning<br />
to turn brown. The seeds are ready to thresh and store when they contain not more than 10 to 12<br />
percent moisture.<br />
109
BURLEY TOBACCO<br />
110
University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee Recommended Burley Tobacco Varieties – 2008<br />
Variety<br />
Yield<br />
1<br />
Black<br />
Shank 2<br />
Race 0<br />
Race 1<br />
Disease Resistance Ratings<br />
Black<br />
Root<br />
Rot<br />
Moderately High Black Shank Resistance<br />
Fusari<br />
um<br />
wilt 2<br />
TM<br />
V 3<br />
TVM<br />
V<br />
TEV<br />
Blue<br />
Mold<br />
Relative<br />
Maturity<br />
KT 206 LC 9 10 7 High 1 High High Med. 4 Med - Late<br />
KT 204 LC 9 7 7 High 1 High High Med. 0 Med - Late<br />
Moderate Black Shank Resistance<br />
NC 7 9 10 4 High 5 High High Med. 0 Med.–Late<br />
TN 90 LC 5 4 4 High 0 High High Med. 3 Med.- Late<br />
R 610 LC 5 4 4 Med. 3 - None None 0 Med.<br />
Hybrid 5 5 5 High 4 High None None 0 Med.- Early<br />
501LC<br />
Black Shank Susceptible (black shank free land only)<br />
ms KY14 x 7 10 0 Med. 6 High None None 0 Early<br />
L8<br />
HB04P LC 8 0 0 High 0 High None None 0 Med.<br />
NC 6 8 10 3 High 0 High High Med. 0 Med.–Late<br />
N 126 LC 8 0 0 Med. 3 High None None 0 Med.<br />
R 7-12 LC 8 0 0 High 4 High None None 0 Late<br />
NC 2002* 3 0 0 Low 0 High None None 7 Late<br />
1 Rating <strong>of</strong> 1 – 10, with 10 being highest.<br />
2 Scale <strong>of</strong> 0 – 10, with 10 being greatest resistance<br />
3 TMV = Tobacco Mosaic Virus; TVMV = Tobacco Vein Mottling Virus; TEV = Tobacco Etch Virus;<br />
all varieties susceptible to PVY<br />
* NC 2002 is blue mold resistant, but susceptible to black root rot and virus diseases. Recommended<br />
only in situations <strong>of</strong> severe blue mold where adequate chemical control is not feasible, black shank is<br />
not present and black root rot is not a problem..<br />
111
TURFGRASS<br />
112
COMMON TURF CARE QUESTIONS & ANSWERS<br />
Tom Samples and Jim Brosnan, <strong>Plant</strong> <strong>Sciences</strong> <strong>Department</strong>, University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee<br />
GENERAL<br />
Q. Why does managing turfs in TN seem so difficult<br />
A. Tennessee is located within a transitional zone between temperate and subtropical climates.<br />
Climatic conditions in this turfgrass “transition zone” may dramatically change from season to<br />
season and year to year. Climatic conditions and topography also vary across the state. Soils may<br />
contain large amounts <strong>of</strong> clay and compact very quickly.<br />
Q. How come some areas <strong>of</strong> my turf are denser and greener than others<br />
A. Most turfgrasses grow best in fertile, well-drained soils in open areas <strong>of</strong> a landscape receiving<br />
full sunlight. Problems result when turfs are managed in compacted, heavy clay soils in<br />
‘stagnant’ areas <strong>of</strong> the landscape receiving very little sunlight. As a result, warm-season<br />
turfgrasses, including bermudagrass and Zoysia (Zoysia japonica) are generally better adapted in<br />
West TN. Cool-season turfgrasses, such as tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) and Kentucky<br />
bluegrass (Poa pratensis), are most commonly managed in lawns at higher elevations in East<br />
TN.<br />
SELECTING A TURFGRASS SPECIES AND VARIETY<br />
Q. Can I plant bermudagrass or Zoysia, or should I plant tall fescue or Kentucky bluegrass<br />
A. This answer depends on where the lawn is located. Tennessee measures 440 miles from east<br />
to west and ranges in elevation from 178 feet above sea level along the Mississippi River to<br />
6,643 feet above sea level at Clingman’s Dome in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park.<br />
The state can be divided into six main land regions.<br />
1. The Blue Ridge Region, on the eastern edge <strong>of</strong> TN adjacent to NC, is mountainous.<br />
This region averages 5,000 feet above sea level. The Great Smoky Mountains, Chilhowee<br />
Mountains and Snowbird Mountains are located in the Blue Ridge Region. Tall fescue and<br />
Kentucky bluegrass are usually the species <strong>of</strong> choice. Kentucky bluegrass <strong>of</strong>ten suffers severe<br />
drought stress during summer, and may require irrigation and more management (e.g., routine<br />
mowing, fertilization, dethatching and pest control) to survive. Tall fescue is usually much more<br />
drought tolerant than Kentucky bluegrass. Fine fescue seed blends are usually planted in areas <strong>of</strong><br />
the landscape in moderate (medium) shade. Although bermudagrass varieties with improved<br />
low-temperature hardiness are managed as sports fields in this region, the species is not usually<br />
recommended for home lawns. If a homeowner insists on planting a warm-season turfgrass,<br />
Zoysia is the warm-season species <strong>of</strong> choice. The variety ‘Meyer’ has excellent low-temperature<br />
tolerance.<br />
2. The Appalachian Ridge and Valley Region extends west from the Blue Ridge Region<br />
for more than 50 miles. This region features valleys surrounded by forested ridges. Valleys<br />
become broader and ridges are lower in the western-most section <strong>of</strong> this region known as the<br />
Great Valley. Tall fescue and Kentucky bluegrass are adapted in this region, although Kentucky<br />
bluegrass usually requires irrigation in the summer and a higher level <strong>of</strong> management than tall<br />
113
fescue. Like the Blue Ridge Region, fine fescue seed blends are usually planted in medium-shade<br />
areas <strong>of</strong> the landscape. Zoysia varieties with good low-temperature tolerance are adapted in the<br />
Appalachian Ridge and Valley Region. Bermudagrasses may not survive low-temperature<br />
extremes.<br />
3. The Cumberland Plateau lies west <strong>of</strong> the Appalachian Ridge and Valley Region. The<br />
flat-topped mountains in this region are usually 1,500 to 1,800 feet above sea level. Tall fescue is<br />
usually well adapted on the Cumberland Plateau. Kentucky bluegrass usually requires a higher<br />
level <strong>of</strong> management than tall fescue and performs best when irrigated during summer. Although<br />
the period <strong>of</strong> active plant growth is limited by low temperatures in fall, winter and early spring,<br />
Zoysia can also be maintained in this region. Bermudagrass on the mountains may suffer lowtemperature<br />
injury during winter. However, bermudagrass is managed in some lawns in the sharp<br />
valleys or basins within this region. Fine fescues are <strong>of</strong>ten planted in areas <strong>of</strong> the landscape in<br />
medium shade.<br />
4. Tall fescue is the major turf species in the Highland Rim Region, an elevated plain that<br />
surrounds the Nashville Basin Region. Kentucky bluegrass deserves consideration if irrigation is<br />
available and the homeowner is willing to provide a relatively high level <strong>of</strong> management (e.g.,<br />
frequent mowing, routine fertilization, and timely irrigation, dethatching and pest control).<br />
Zoysia is the preferred warm-season turfgrass species on the Highland Rim. Fine fescue seed<br />
blends are <strong>of</strong>ten suggested for planting areas in light to medium shade in the Highland Rim<br />
Region.<br />
5. Zoysia and low-temperature-tolerant bermudagrass varieties are adapted in full sun and<br />
usually grow well in rich, fertile soils <strong>of</strong> the Nashville Basin Region in central TN. Tall fescue is<br />
the preferred cool-season turfgrass species and is usually adapted in full sun and lightly shaded<br />
areas <strong>of</strong> the landscape. Kentucky bluegrass is seldom recommended unless the lawn will be<br />
irrigated to supplement rainfall in summer and the homeowner is willing to provide a relatively<br />
high level <strong>of</strong> management. 6. The Gulf Coastal Plain Region consists <strong>of</strong> three distinct sections.<br />
The hilly, eastern-most section, which is adjacent to the western edge <strong>of</strong> the Tennessee River, is<br />
about 10 miles wide. A second, larger section is referred to as the Tennessee Bottoms. The<br />
Tennessee Bottoms consist <strong>of</strong> rolling hills and streams. This section extends to Memphis where<br />
it ends as cliffs bordering the Mississippi River. The third section, or Delta Region, is an area <strong>of</strong><br />
lowlands. Although Zoysia is well adapted in the Gulf Coastal Plain Region, bermudagrass is the<br />
major turfgrass species. Tall fescue is <strong>of</strong>ten planted in lightly shaded areas <strong>of</strong> a landscape in the<br />
Gulf Coastal Plain Region.<br />
Q. Where can I find information about the best turfgrass varieties to plant in TN<br />
A. To find current information regarding the newest turfgrass varieties please visit the National<br />
Turfgrass Evaluation Program (NTEP) website, http://www.ntep.org The performance <strong>of</strong><br />
individual named and experimental cultivars (varieties) is reported by turfgrass species. For<br />
example, from 2001 to 2005, 160 varieties were evaluated in 26 states during the 2001 NTEP<br />
Tall Fescue Test. The 42 varieties entered in the 2002 NTEP Bermudagrass Test are being<br />
evaluated in 18 states. Twenty varieties entered in the 2002 NTEP Zoysia Test are being<br />
evaluated in 16 states. Each test database can be partitioned to monitor the performance <strong>of</strong> an<br />
individual variety by region. For example, Tennesseans are most <strong>of</strong>ten more interested in the<br />
performance <strong>of</strong> a particular variety in transition zone locations rather than sites throughout the<br />
114
northwestern U. S. The 2005 NTEP Kentucky Bluegrass Test and 2006 NTEP Tall Fescue Test<br />
are being conducted here at the University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee. Many garden center owners and<br />
managers choose and sell seeds <strong>of</strong> varieties from several vendors based on NTEP test results.<br />
Preparing to <strong>Plant</strong><br />
ESTABLISHING TURF<br />
Q. Will stones cause problems if I don’t remove them from the soil surface before planting<br />
A. Shallowly rooted turfgrasses growing above large stones and other obstacles that restrict<br />
rooting <strong>of</strong>ten turn yellow or brown during hot, dry weather and may die due to a lack <strong>of</strong> water.<br />
As a general rule, stones, construction debris and other obstacles 2 or more inches in diameter<br />
located within 4 inches <strong>of</strong> the soil surface should be removed before planting.<br />
Q. What is a starter fertilizer<br />
A. A starter fertilizer most <strong>of</strong>ten contains less nitrogen and more phosphorus than a fertilizer<br />
formulated for established turfs. For example, fertilizers with a 1:2:2, 1:2:1, 1:3:2 or 1:4:2<br />
nitrogen (N): phosphate (P 2 O 5 ): potash (K 2 O) ratio are <strong>of</strong>ten referred to as starter fertilizers.<br />
Q. If I apply a herbicide to control weeds before I till the soil and plant seeds, will the<br />
herbicide injure turfgrass seedlings<br />
A. Always refer to the product label to determine what turfgrass species the herbicide can be<br />
applied to and the time interval from application to seeding necessary to prevent the herbicide<br />
from injuring turfgrass seedlings.<br />
Time Interval from Preemergence Herbicide Application to Seeding.<br />
Delay After<br />
Delay After<br />
Herbicide Application Herbicide Application<br />
Balan ® 6 to 16 weeks 2,4-D 4 weeks<br />
Barricade ® 4 months Banvel ® 4 weeks<br />
Betasan ® 4 months Drive ® none<br />
Dimension ® 3 months MCPP 4 weeks<br />
Pendulum ® 3 months Roundup ® 3 days<br />
Surflan ®<br />
90 to 120 days<br />
Tupersan ® none<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________<br />
Seeds<br />
Q. How many pounds <strong>of</strong> seed should I buy to plant my turf<br />
A. The recommended planting rate for each turfgrass species depends on seed size. Smallseeded<br />
species such as Kentucky bluegrass and bermudagrass require a lower planting rate than<br />
turfgrasses, such as tall fescue and perennial ryegrass that produce relatively large seeds. The<br />
115
ecommended planting rates in pounds per 1,000 square feet for cool-season turfgrasses are:<br />
Kentucky bluegrass, 1½ - 2; chewings, red and sheep fescues, 3 - 5; perennial ryegrass, 4 - 6; and<br />
tall fescue, 5 - 8. Recommended seeding rates <strong>of</strong> warm-season turfgrasses in pounds per 1,000<br />
square feet are: bermudagrass (hulled), ½ - 1; bermudagrass (unhulled/non-processed), 1 - 2; and<br />
centipedegrass and Zoysia, ½ to 3.<br />
Q. Should I mulch with straw after planting seeds<br />
A. Mulching a newly seeded lawn with straw usually helps prevent soil erosion, conserves<br />
moisture and protects emerging turfgrass seedlings from extreme high and low temperatures.<br />
Purchase quality mulching straw that contains little, if any, weed seeds. One forty-pound bale <strong>of</strong><br />
mulching straw should cover about 800 square feet. At this mulching rate, about 50 percent <strong>of</strong><br />
the soil surface will be covered with straw, and 50 percent <strong>of</strong> the soil surface will be visible and<br />
receive direct sunlight.<br />
Q. Is there a way to plant turfgrass seeds on slopes too steep to use a conventional drill or<br />
planter<br />
A. Sites with limited access or unsuitable for planting by conventional means may be<br />
hydroseeded. Hydraulic-mulch-seeding, or hydroseeding, is a process in which a slurry <strong>of</strong><br />
turfgrass seeds, mulch, and sometimes fertilizer, dye and a tackifying agent, is pumped from a<br />
portable tank and sprayed over soil. The mulch, <strong>of</strong>ten referred to as hydromulch, helps conserve<br />
moisture and reduce erosion.<br />
Q. How can I make sure turfgrass seeds stay on a severely sloped bank after I plant<br />
A. A short-term or biodegradable, erosion-control blanket may be very helpful. Depending on<br />
moisture, light and weather, straw-fiber blankets secured with staples <strong>of</strong>ten stabilize soil on<br />
slopes with a 3:1 h:v gradient for up to 12 months. Straw blankets may be sewn together with<br />
plastic line (e.g., on 1½ -inch centers) and rolled in 8 ft. or 16 ft. by 100 ft. rolls before being<br />
shrink-wrapped. When erosion control is required for an extended period <strong>of</strong> time (e.g. up to 24<br />
months), or when slopes are more severe (e.g., up to 1.5:1 h:v), coconut fibers may be mixed<br />
with straw fibers and the mat may be double-sewn. Aspen is <strong>of</strong>ten the tree species used to<br />
produce the finely shaved, curly and interlocking fibers in excelsior blankets.<br />
Sod<br />
Q. How is sod sold in TN<br />
A. Sod is harvested and transported as flat or rolled blocks (pads), or as large rolls. One pallet<br />
usually holds about 50 square yards <strong>of</strong> sod pads and weighs 2,000 pounds or more. Individual<br />
pads are <strong>of</strong>ten 16 inches wide by 24 or more inches long. Big-roll sod is most <strong>of</strong>ten harvested in<br />
rolls 24, 30 or 48 inches wide and up to 100 feet long. Some equipment manufacturers sell sod<br />
harvesters that simultaneously cut two large rolls, each 21 or 24 inches in width. Motorized, allterrain<br />
installers with a load capacity <strong>of</strong> at least 2,500 pounds are <strong>of</strong>ten used to plant big-roll sod.<br />
Q. How much soil comes with turfgrass sod<br />
A. Less soil is shipped with turfgrasses having strong, above- (stolons) or below-ground<br />
116
(rhizomes) runners compared to those with a bunch-type growth habit. For example, tall fescue<br />
or tall fescue + Kentucky bluegrass sod may contain more than 5/8 inch <strong>of</strong> soil, while the<br />
average depth <strong>of</strong> soil shipped with centipedegrass, hybrid bermudagrass and Zoysia may be less<br />
than ½ inch.<br />
Q. When is the best time <strong>of</strong> year to install sod<br />
A. In TN, sod may be installed throughout the year, as long as the soil is properly prepared and is<br />
not frozen Although sod <strong>of</strong> warm-season turfgrasses such as bermudagrass and Zoysia is<br />
installed in winter, when plants are dormant, a newly sodded lawn should not be heavily<br />
trafficked until plants in sod pads are well rooted and the lawn has been mowed several times. In<br />
summer, sod producers may not harvest or ship sod <strong>of</strong> cool-season turfgrasses (e.g., tall fescue<br />
and Kentucky bluegrass) during extended periods <strong>of</strong> hot and dry weather.<br />
Q. How soon after harvest must sod be planted<br />
A. Generally, to reduce plant injury due to extreme high temperatures and dehydration, sod<br />
should be installed within 24 to 48 hr. <strong>of</strong> harvest. When slabs <strong>of</strong> sod that have been on the pallet<br />
too long are installed, plants receiving light during transport <strong>of</strong>ten grow well, while plants in<br />
shaded slabs exposed to extremely high temperatures <strong>of</strong>ten die. Temperatures near the center <strong>of</strong> a<br />
pallet <strong>of</strong> sod pads or a big roll can quickly rise to more than 120 o F.<br />
Plugs<br />
Q. What turfgrasses can be plugged<br />
A. Any turfgrass species that produces above- (stolons) or below-ground (rhizomes) runners can<br />
be plugged. Due, in part, to the expense <strong>of</strong> sod, Zoysia is probably the species most <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
established by plugging in Tennessee. One square yard <strong>of</strong> sod yields more than three hundred 2-<br />
inch by 2-inch plugs.<br />
Sprigs<br />
Q. What is a sprig<br />
A. A sprig is a section <strong>of</strong> turfgrass stem that is cut from a rhizome or stolon. When properly<br />
harvested, transplanted and maintained, nodes on a sprig are capable <strong>of</strong> producing leaves and<br />
roots. Sprigs are most <strong>of</strong>ten sold by the bushel. Generally, one square yard <strong>of</strong> hybrid<br />
bermudagrass sod usually produces one GA bushel <strong>of</strong> sprigs. A Texas (TX) bushel is based on<br />
the U. S. customary measurement system where one bushel <strong>of</strong> harvested sprigs is 2,150 cubic<br />
inches or 1.24 cubic feet in volume, about three times greater than a GA bushel.<br />
Care after <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />
Q. What is the best way to water a newly seeded turf<br />
A. Germination begins as turfgrass seeds absorb water from the soil. A key to successfully<br />
establishing turf from seed is to maintain moist soil in close proximity to seeds as seedling roots,<br />
or radicles, penetrate the seed coat and grow into soil, helping anchor the seedlings. To<br />
117
accomplish this, it may be necessary to irrigate lightly several times each day (e.g., one-sixteenth<br />
inch three times daily) for three or more weeks after planting. As turfgrass plants mature, and<br />
roots extend well below the soil surface, more water can be applied less <strong>of</strong>ten (e.g., one-half inch<br />
<strong>of</strong> water every three days).<br />
Q. How tall should I let the turfgrass plants get before I mow the first time<br />
A. Generally, turfgrasses should be mowed when the average plant height reaches 1.5 times the<br />
intended cutting height. For example, if you intend to mow tall fescue at a height <strong>of</strong> 2 inches,<br />
mow when plants average a height <strong>of</strong> three inches. Similarly, if you plant bermudagrass and<br />
intend to mow the turf at a height <strong>of</strong> one inch, mow when plants average a height <strong>of</strong> one-andone-half<br />
inches.<br />
Q. How soon after I plant seed, can I apply a herbicide to control weeds<br />
A. Always read and follow directions on the product label. Mature turfgrass plants are <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
more tolerant <strong>of</strong> herbicides than developing seedlings with limited root systems. For example,<br />
the herbicide Cool Power ® (Riverdale ® , NuFarm Americas Inc.), containing MCPA, triclopyr<br />
and dicamba, is labeled for use in bermudagrass, bluegrass, fescue, ryegrass and Zoysia turfs.<br />
The Cool Power ® label states: “Do not apply to newly seeded turfgrasses until well established.”<br />
Similarly, Gordon’s Trimec ® Classic Brand Herbicide, containing 2,4-D, MCPP and dicamba, is<br />
labeled for use in bermudagrass, centipedegrass, fescue, Kentucky bluegrass, perennial ryegrass,<br />
St. Augustinegrass, and Zoysia. This product should not be applied to newly seeded turf “until<br />
after the second or third mowing.”<br />
Mowing<br />
TURF MAINTENANCE<br />
Q. At what cutting height should I set my mower<br />
A. Sod-forming turfgrasses such as bermudagrass, Kentucky bluegrass and Zoysia can be<br />
maintained at a slightly lower height <strong>of</strong> cut than tall fescue, which has a bunch-type growth<br />
habit. Suggested home lawn cutting heights <strong>of</strong> warm-season turfgrasses are: centipedegrass,<br />
common bermudagrass and Zoysia, 1 - 2 inches; hybrid bermudagrass, 3/4-2 inches; and St.<br />
Augustinegrass, 1½-3 inches. Suggested cutting heights <strong>of</strong> cool-season turfgrasses are: Kentucky<br />
bluegrass and perennial ryegrass, 1-2 inches; and ‘improved, turf-type tall fescue, 2 to 3 inches.<br />
Raising the cutting height <strong>of</strong> cool-season turfgrasses ½ inch or more before the high-temperature<br />
and drought stresses <strong>of</strong> summer may help insulate the soil against extreme high temperatures and<br />
increase the depth <strong>of</strong> turfgrass roots. Similarly, to improve the cold tolerance <strong>of</strong> warm-season<br />
turfgrasses, raise the cutting height ½ inch or more before winter dormancy.<br />
Q. Should I collect the grass clippings<br />
A. Not necessarily. Research has demonstrated that returning small grass clippings to turfs can<br />
be beneficial. In addition to water, clippings contain sixteen nutrients considered essential for<br />
turfgrass survival and reproduction. If turf is mown <strong>of</strong>ten, and no more than one-third <strong>of</strong> the<br />
aerial shoots are removed at one time, clippings do not usually contribute much to the thatch<br />
layer.<br />
118
Q. Roots <strong>of</strong> turfgrasses in my turf are very shallow. What can I do to improve the rooting<br />
depth<br />
A. Mow <strong>of</strong>ten at a height <strong>of</strong> cut recommended for the turfgrass species being maintained. For<br />
example, tall fescue lawns are usually mowed from 2 to 3 ½ inches; bermudagrass and Zoysia<br />
lawns, from 1 to 2 inches. Many new self-propelled and walk-behind mowers can quickly be<br />
converted from clipping mulching mode to clipping discharge mode. Today’s riding mowers are<br />
engineered with precision cutting, ease <strong>of</strong> operation and operator safety in mind. Some <strong>of</strong>fer<br />
zero-turn technology. Do not remove more than one-third <strong>of</strong> the aerial shoots when mowing.<br />
Q. What should I do to prepare my tall fescue turf for summer and winter<br />
A. Prepare turfgrasses for high and low temperature extremes by increasing the cutting height at<br />
least 1/4 inch in late spring and again in late fall. More foliage above the soil surface results in<br />
greater insulation from high and low temperatures, and may promote deeper rooting. Some<br />
manufacturers produce fertilizers containing a high level <strong>of</strong> potassium intended to ‘winterize’<br />
turfgrass plants when applied in late summer or early fall..<br />
Fertilizing and Liming<br />
Q. When I fertilize, the grasses seem to grow too quickly. How can I have healthy turf without<br />
having to mow so many times each week<br />
A. Use controlled-release, nitrogen-containing fertilizers when trying to avoid fertilizer burn and<br />
excessive turfgrass growth. Controlled- or extended-release fertilizers may contain urea<br />
formaldehyde (UF), methylene ureas (MU’s), sulfur-coated urea (SCU), polymer-coated urea<br />
(PCU) or polymer-coated-sulfur-coated urea (PCSCU). When using quick-release sources <strong>of</strong><br />
nitrogen such as ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulfate and urea, do not apply more than one<br />
pound <strong>of</strong> nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.<br />
Q. When is the best time <strong>of</strong> year to fertilize turf<br />
A. In Tennessee, seasonal fertilization works best. Bermudagrass and Zoysia should be fertilized<br />
from late spring through early fall, when plants are actively growing. However, fertilizing these<br />
warm-season turfgrasses with too much nitrogen late in the growing season (e.g., October or<br />
November) can result in greater sensitivity to, and injury from, low temperatures. The fescues<br />
and Kentucky bluegrass are cool-season turfgrasses. These species respond best when fertilized<br />
in late winter, early spring and fall. Cool-season turfgrasses receiving too much nitrogen in late<br />
spring and summer are <strong>of</strong>ten disease prone and very sensitive to high temperature and drought<br />
stresses during summer.<br />
Q. Is moss an indication that I need to apply lime<br />
A. Not necessarily. Apply lime according to soil test recommendations. The presence <strong>of</strong> moss<br />
usually indicates that turfgrasses are not growing very well. Moss may be growing better than<br />
turfgrasses due to compacted soil, shade, poor soil fertility or drainage, and restricted air<br />
movement.<br />
119
Q. How long does it take for pelletized lime to dissolve<br />
A. When using a rotary spreader, pelletized limestone is much easier to uniformly broadcast than<br />
pulverized limestone. Although, at first glance, lime pellets may appear to be very hard, they<br />
actually dissolve very quickly. Pellets, or granules, are manufactured from calcitic or dolomite<br />
limestone that has been micro-ground to a flour-like powder. During the granulating process, this<br />
lime powder is granulated into fertilizer-sized, moisture-dissolvable pellets. The micro-sized<br />
particles that make up the pellets dissolve quickly once they contact water.<br />
Irrigating<br />
Q. How much water should be applied each time the turf is watered<br />
A. In TN, it is <strong>of</strong>ten necessary to water turf from May through October, when rainfall amounts<br />
do not meet the water use requirement (ET or evapotranspiration) <strong>of</strong> turfgrasses. Actively<br />
growing turfgrass plants usually require from 0.1 to 0.3 inch <strong>of</strong> water daily. Hopefully, it will not<br />
be necessary to water turf more than two or three times each week with 0.3 to 0.5 inch <strong>of</strong> water<br />
each time..<br />
Q. How many gallons <strong>of</strong> water should I apply to actively growing turf each week<br />
A. Turfgrasses <strong>of</strong>ten use one inch <strong>of</strong> water or more per week during favorable weather. Sixhundred-twenty<br />
gallons per 1,000 square feet equals about one inch <strong>of</strong> water. One acre-inch <strong>of</strong><br />
water equals about 27,150 gallons.<br />
Q. What is the best time <strong>of</strong> day to irrigate<br />
A. Several fungal pathogens move from infected turfgrass plants to healthy plants by way <strong>of</strong><br />
water. To limit the amount <strong>of</strong> water lost to evaporation and the amount <strong>of</strong> time leaves remain<br />
moist, irrigate turf in the morning (e.g., from 5:00 am to 11:00 am).<br />
Removing Thatch<br />
Q. What is thatch<br />
A. Thatch is a tightly intermingled layer <strong>of</strong> living and dead turfgrass leaves, stems and roots<br />
located on the soil surface. As long as the layer is not too thick, thatch can increase the<br />
resilience <strong>of</strong> a turf to heavy traffic. Thatch usually develops more quickly in turfs managed in<br />
fertile soils at a relatively high intensity level than in turfs receiving less fertilizer and maintained<br />
at a low level <strong>of</strong> intensity.<br />
Q. When should turf be dethatched<br />
A. Dethatch when the thatch layer measures ½ inch or more in thickness. Too much thatch<br />
results in weak and weedy turf. Walk-behind power rakes and vertical mowers are designed to<br />
lift thatch and deposit it on the turf surface. Warm-season turfgrasses are <strong>of</strong>ten dethatched in<br />
June or July, when plants are actively growing. Cool-season turfgrasses are usually dethatched in<br />
spring (before applying a preemergence herbicide for crabgrass control) or fall. Dethatching<br />
before broadcasting seeds temporarily exposes soil and improves seed-to-soil contact.<br />
120
Aerifying<br />
Q. What is a core aerifier<br />
A. Core aerifiers are machines designed to remove small plugs <strong>of</strong> plants and soil as they move<br />
across the turf. Turfs are aerified to loosen hard soils and improve turfgrass rooting. The<br />
channels that form as turf is cored improve the flow <strong>of</strong> oxygen into the soil and carbon dioxide<br />
from the soil. Water generally moves more rapidly from the surface <strong>of</strong> a turf that has recently<br />
been aerified compared to a turf in need <strong>of</strong> coring.<br />
Q. How <strong>of</strong>ten should turf be aerified<br />
A. Since core aerification ‘selectively’ cultivates soils, and less than 10 percent <strong>of</strong> the soil<br />
surface is usually impacted when turf is cored, turfgrass plants growing in heavily compacted<br />
soils may benefit from core aerification each year.<br />
Q. When is the best time to aerate turf<br />
A. Turf in need <strong>of</strong> core aerification should be aerified when weather favors the growth <strong>of</strong><br />
turfgrasses. For example, cool-season turfgrasses such as tall fescue and Kentucky bluegrass are<br />
most <strong>of</strong>ten aerified in the spring, before applying a crabgrass preventer, or in the fall, well before<br />
the first frost. Late spring and early summer is an excellent time to aerify warm-season<br />
turfgrasses including bermudagrass and Zoysia.<br />
Topdressing<br />
Q. How can I level my turf<br />
A. A thin (e.g., 1/8 to 1/4 inch) layer <strong>of</strong> mature compost or mixture <strong>of</strong> mature compost and soil<br />
may be broadcast over turf (topdressed) after coring to level the soil surface and improve the<br />
root-zone. The topdressing material can be worked into turf using a drag mat or brush.<br />
Topdressing organic matter after coring can stimulate biological activity in the underlying soil,<br />
improving the turfgrass rooting environment. Nutrients in the topdressing material <strong>of</strong>ten promote<br />
plant growth and improve color. Four-tenths <strong>of</strong> a cubic yard <strong>of</strong> topdressing material is required to<br />
create a topdressing layer 1/8 inch deep per 1,000 sq. ft. Deep or severe undulations may be<br />
corrected by 1) lifting sod using a walk-behind sod cutter; 2) adding soil similar in texture to that<br />
<strong>of</strong> the soil on site; and 3) re-installing the sod.<br />
TURF RENOVATION<br />
Q. What can be done when the weeds outnumber the desirable turfgrass plants<br />
A. Rather than starting over from bare ground, a lawn can usually be successfully renovated if<br />
turfgrasses make up 50 percent or more <strong>of</strong> the existing groundcover. A ten-step guide for<br />
renovating fescue or Kentucky bluegrass lawns beginning in August follows.<br />
August<br />
1. Prepare and submit a soil sample for testing several weeks before the scheduled interseeding.<br />
121
September<br />
2. Mow, then aerify the lawn using a tractor-drawn or walk-behind core aerifier. Don’t be<br />
afraid to make two or more passes in several directions.<br />
3. After aeration cores have air-dried (e.g., a few days after core aerifying), drag the lawn<br />
with a chain drag or drag mat to shatter the cores and mix soil with thatch.<br />
4. Mow, then broadcast or plant seeds using a slit- or aero-seeder. Bluegrasses and<br />
fescues seeded in September are usually well developed before they begin to experience high<br />
temperature and drought stresses in summer. Kentucky bluegrass and tall fescue seedlings should<br />
adapt in areas <strong>of</strong> the lawn receiving full sun or in light, open shade. A mixture <strong>of</strong> tall and fine<br />
fescues (for example, 60 percent tall fescue + 40 percent creeping red fescue) is recommended in<br />
areas receiving limited light (for example, 30 to 50 percent <strong>of</strong> full sunlight). Fine fescues<br />
including creeping red and hard fescues are usually much more tolerant <strong>of</strong> shade than Kentucky<br />
bluegrass and tall fescue. However, due to poor high temperature tolerance, they do not usually<br />
perform very well in full sun. Three to four pounds <strong>of</strong> fescue seeds or 1 pound <strong>of</strong> Kentucky<br />
bluegrass seeds per 1,000 square feet are <strong>of</strong>ten required to improve the stand density <strong>of</strong> a weak<br />
lawn.<br />
5. After inter-seeding, drag the lawn with a chain drag or drag mat to improve seed<br />
contact with soil.<br />
6. Apply a fertilizer and limestone according to soil test recommendations after interseeding<br />
and dragging. A starter fertilizer may be recommended if the soil test reveals low levels<br />
<strong>of</strong> phosphorus and potassium in the soil. A starter fertilizer (i.e. 12-24-24) contains more<br />
phosphorus and potassium, and less nitrogen, than a fertilizer (i.e. 20-10-10) formulated to meet<br />
the nutritional requirements <strong>of</strong> an existing lawn. Do not apply more than 1 pound <strong>of</strong> watersoluble,<br />
quick-release nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. For example, 375 pounds <strong>of</strong> 12-24-24<br />
fertilizer per acre or 8 pounds <strong>of</strong> 12-24-24 fertilizer per 1,000 square feet will supply about 1<br />
pound <strong>of</strong> nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.<br />
7. Uniformly and lightly broadcast straw mulch over areas <strong>of</strong> the lawn with less than 25<br />
percent existing ground coverage. One fifty pound bale should cover 1,000 square feet.<br />
8. Mow the lawn <strong>of</strong>ten using a mower with sharp blade(s).<br />
October<br />
9. Fertilize again, 5 to 6 weeks after seedlings emerge from the soil. For example, 2<br />
pounds <strong>of</strong> urea per 1,000 square feet or 100 pounds <strong>of</strong> urea (46-0-0) per acre will supply about 1<br />
pound <strong>of</strong> nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.<br />
Late November or Early December<br />
10. In late fall, a herbicide (e.g., 2,4-D, dicamba and/or MCPP) may be applied to<br />
established Kentucky bluegrass, tall fescue and fine fescue lawns to control emerged broadleaf<br />
weeds such as common chickweed, henbit and purple deadnettle.<br />
WEED CONTROL<br />
Q. My turf looks good until summer, when crabgrass seems to take over. What is the best way<br />
to control crabgrass<br />
A. In addition to water, crabgrass seeds require light to germinate. The best defense against<br />
crabgrass is a dense, actively growing turf. An adjustment in the overall turf management<br />
122
program may be in order. Several herbicides effectively control crabgrass when applied before<br />
(preemergence) crabgrass seeds begin germinating and seedlings emerge from soil. Benefin<br />
(Balan ® ), bensulide (Betasan ® ), dithiopyr (Dimension ® ), oryzalin (Surflan ® ), pendimethalin<br />
(Pendulum ® ), prodiamine (Barricade ® ) and siduron (Tupersan ® ) are examples <strong>of</strong> preemergence<br />
herbicides commonly applied to turfs in late winter or early spring, before seeds <strong>of</strong> summer<br />
annual grassy weeds including crabgrass begin to germinate. Many <strong>of</strong> these herbicides are<br />
marketed in combination with granular fertilizer. Tolerance to preemergence herbicides varies<br />
among turfgrass species.<br />
______________________________________________________________________________<br />
Tolerance <strong>of</strong> Several Turfgrass Species to Preemergence Herbicides.<br />
Turfgrass Species 1<br />
Herbicide KBlue TFes FFes PRye Ber Cent Zoy<br />
atrazine (Atrazine ® ) NR 2 NR NR NR TD T T<br />
benefin (Balan ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
bensulide (Bensumec ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
dithiopyr (Dimension ® ) T T S* T T T T<br />
isoxaben (Gallery ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
metolachlor (Pennant ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />
napropamide (Devrinol ® ) NR T T NR T T NR<br />
oryzalin (Surflan ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />
pendimenthalin (Pendulum ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
prodiamine (Kerb ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
siduron (Tupersan ® ) T T T T NR NR T<br />
simazine (Princep ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />
______________________________________________________________________________<br />
1 KBlue = Kentucky bluegrass; TFes = tall fescue; FFes = fine fescues; PRye = perennial<br />
ryegrass; Ber = bermudagrass; Cent = centipedegrass and Zoy = Zoysia.<br />
2<br />
Key to Tolerance Codes; NR = Not Registered; T = tolerant; TD = Tolerant when dormant; S =<br />
can be applied but with special use precautions; S* = dithiopyr cannot be applied to creeping red<br />
fescue.<br />
______________________________________________________________________________<br />
123
______________________________________________________________________________<br />
Susceptibility <strong>of</strong> Several Annual Grassy Weed Species to Preemergence Herbicides.<br />
Weed Species<br />
Herbicide<br />
Atrazine Benefin Bensulide Dithiopyr Metolachlor Napropamide Oryzalin Pendimethalin<br />
Bluegrass, annual E 1 G E E G G E E<br />
Crabgrass F G E E G E E E<br />
Goosegrass G P P E E G E E<br />
______________________________________________________________________________<br />
1 Weed Susceptibility Codes: E = Excellent (90 to 100%); G = Good (80 to 90%); F = Fair (70 to<br />
80%); P = Poor (less than 70%). For a specific target weed, choose an appropriate herbicide that<br />
provides excellent (E) to good (G) control. Fair (F) to poor (P) control <strong>of</strong> additional weeds<br />
should be considered as added benefits in addition to control <strong>of</strong> specific target weeds. Ratings are<br />
based on optimum application timing and most susceptible stage <strong>of</strong> weed growth.<br />
Q. Why is my turf weedy even though I applied a granular, weed and feed product last year<br />
that was supposed to control broadleaf weeds including dandelions and ground ivy<br />
A. Postemergence herbicides do not usually provide complete (100 percent) control <strong>of</strong> all<br />
broadleaf weeds when applied to turf. For example, 2, 4-D will control broadleaf weeds<br />
including dandelion, lambsquarters, mustards, peppergrass, pigweeds, plantains and shepherd's<br />
purse. Mecoprop will control many 2, 4-D-tolerant species such as chickweeds, clovers, ground<br />
ivy and black medic. Dicamba will control broadleaf weed species including 2, 4-D-tolerant<br />
weeds such as chickweeds, clover and young knotweed but will not adequately control plantain.<br />
These herbicides are generally more effective when sprayed as a herbicide solution over<br />
turf compared to a granular, weed and feed treatment. Mature, perennial broadleaf weeds such as<br />
ground ivy are usually much more difficult to control than young, annual broadleaf weeds such<br />
as common chickweed, henbit and purple deadnettle. For best results, always follow label<br />
directions when applying herbicide-containing products. For example, the label on the bag <strong>of</strong><br />
Best ® Turf Supreme Weed and Feed instructs: “Mow lawn to normal height 1 to 2 days before<br />
application;” “Water lawn thoroughly at least 1 day before application to sustain moisture until<br />
next watering;” “Apply when weeds are young and actively growing, preferably in the morning<br />
when dew is on the grass;” “If grass is not moist at the time <strong>of</strong> application, sprinkle lightly with<br />
water to allow the granules to adhere and to remain on the leaf surface <strong>of</strong> the weeds;” “Do not<br />
irrigate or sprinkle for 1 to 2 days after application;” and “Irrigate, sprinkle or water the lawn<br />
thoroughly at 2 to 3 days after application.” Tolerance to postemergence herbicides varies among<br />
turfgrass species.<br />
Other possibilities regarding a lack <strong>of</strong> weed control following application include:<br />
1. Spreader not properly calibrated;<br />
2. Non-uniform or uneven broadcast application;<br />
3. Lack <strong>of</strong> herbicide uptake due to climatic stress (weeds inactive); and<br />
4. Target weed species mis-identified.<br />
124
______________________________________________________________________________<br />
Tolerance <strong>of</strong> Several Turfgrass Species to Postemergence Herbicides<br />
Turfgrass Species 1<br />
Herbicide KBlue TFes FFes PRye Ber Cent Zoy<br />
atrazine (Atrazine ® ) NR 2 NR NR NR TD T T<br />
bentazon + atrazine (Prompt ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />
bentazon (Basagran ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
carfentrazone (Quicksilver ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
chlorsulfuron (Corsair ® ) T NR T NR T T T<br />
fluazifop (Fusilade ® II) NR S NR NR NR NR S<br />
fluroxypyr (Spotlight ® ) T T T T S T T<br />
fenoxaprop (Acclaim ® ) T T T T NR NR T<br />
foramsulfuron (Revolver ® ) NR NR NR NR T NR T<br />
glyphosate (Roundup ® Pro) NR NR NR NR TD NR NR<br />
halosulfuron (Sedgehammer ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
imazaquin (Image ® ) NR NR NR NR S S S<br />
metribuzin (Sencor ® ) NR NR NR NR S NR NR<br />
metsulfuron (Manor ® ) S NR S NR T T T<br />
pronamide (Kerb ® ) NR NR NR NR T NT T<br />
quinclorac (Drive ® ) T T S T T NR T<br />
sethoxydim (Vantage ® ) NR NR S NR NR S R<br />
simazine (Princep ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />
sulfosulfuron (Certainty ® ) NR NR NR NR T T T<br />
trifloxysulfuron (Monument ® ) NR NR NR NR T NR T<br />
2, 4-D (Several) T T T T T S T<br />
MCPP (Mecoprop ® ) T T T T T T T<br />
dicamba (Banvel ® ) T T T T T S T<br />
2, 4-D + MCPP + dicamba (Several) T T T T S S S<br />
MSMA/DSMA (Several) S S S T T NR S<br />
MSMA + 2, 4-D +<br />
MCPP + dicamba (Trimec ® Plus) S S NR NR S NR S<br />
______________________________________________________________________________<br />
1 KBlue = Kentucky bluegrass; TFes = tall fescue; FFes = fine fescues; PRye = perennial<br />
ryegrass; Ber = bermudagrass; Cent = centipedegrass and Zoy = Zoysia.<br />
2<br />
Key to Tolerance Codes; NR = Not Registered; T = tolerant; TD = Tolerant when dormant; S =<br />
can be applied but with special use precautions; S* = dithiopyr cannot be applied to creeping red<br />
fescue.<br />
125
Turfgrass Troubleshooting Guide<br />
Client Name __________________________________ Date _________________________<br />
Address _____________________________________________________________________<br />
Problem Description ___________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________<br />
N<br />
Slope _____ No _____ Yes Facing W E<br />
S<br />
Shade _____ No _____ Yes Shade Level: 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 >50 %<br />
Moving Shade _____ No _____ Yes _____ AM _____ PM<br />
Algae _____ No _____ Yes Moss _____ No _____ Yes<br />
Air Movement 10----------------------------------------------------------------------------0<br />
Open, No Restriction<br />
Severely Restricted<br />
Soil Texture 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />
Sand Loam Clay<br />
Surface Water Flow 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />
Very Good Fair Very Poor<br />
Internal Water Drainage 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />
Very Good Fair Very Poor<br />
Soil Surface 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />
S<strong>of</strong>t Firm Compacted<br />
Weather Conditions - Past Seven Days (Average)<br />
Daytime Air Temperature 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />
Hot Warm Cold<br />
126
Nighttime Air Temperature 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />
Hot Warm Cold<br />
Cloud Cover 10--------------------------------------5-------------------------------------0<br />
Sunny Partly Cloudy Overcast<br />
Rainfall Amount _______ Inch(es)<br />
Newly Seeded _____ No _____ Yes Newly Sodded _____ No _____ Yes<br />
Overall Turfgrass Groundcover ______________ %<br />
Turfgrass Species<br />
_______ Bermudagrass _______ Centipedegrass _______ St. Augustinegrass<br />
_______ Zoysia _______ Fineleaf Fescues _______ Kentucky Bluegrass<br />
_______ Perennial Ryegrass _______ Tall Fescue<br />
_______ Other<br />
Mowing Height _______ Inch(es)<br />
Cut Edge <strong>of</strong> Leaf 10-----------------------------------------------------------------------------0<br />
Sharp<br />
Jagged/Torn/Damaged<br />
Annual Fertilizer Application 1X 2X 3X 4X >5X<br />
Most Recent Fertilization Date __________________________________________________<br />
Product ________________________________________________________________<br />
Most Recent Lime Application<br />
Date ________________<br />
_____ Pelletized_____ Pulverized<br />
Irrigation _______ No _______ Yes 1X 2X 3X >3X Weekly<br />
Amount <strong>of</strong> Irrigation Water Applied Weekly _______ Inch(es)<br />
Rooting Depth _______ Inch(es)<br />
Root Color 10------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0<br />
Bright White<br />
Dull Brown<br />
127
Root Mass 10-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0<br />
Dense<br />
Sparse<br />
Thatch Layer _______ Inch(es)<br />
Insect Damage ______ No _____ Yes _______ Aboveground<br />
_______ Belowground<br />
_______ Armyworm _______ Chinch Bug _______ Fall Armyworm<br />
_______ Sod Webworm _______ White Grubs _______ Other(s)<br />
Insecticide Applied _____ No _____ Yes Application Date _________________<br />
Product _____________________________________________________________________<br />
Disease<br />
_______ Disease Symptoms Scattered Throughout the Turf<br />
_______ Patches <strong>of</strong> Diseased Turf<br />
_______ Spots/Lesions on Leaves<br />
_______ Large Circles Outlined by a Band <strong>of</strong> Dark Green or Dead Grass<br />
Fungal Mycelium Visible _______ No<br />
_______ Yes<br />
Fungicide Applied _____ No _____ Yes Application Date __________________<br />
Product _____________________________________________________________________<br />
Weeds<br />
Weed Grasses _______ Annual Bluegrass _______ Crabgrass<br />
_______ Dallisgrass<br />
_______ Goosegrass _______ Other(s)<br />
Preemergence Herbicide Applied<br />
_____ No<br />
_____ Yes<br />
Application Date _________________<br />
Product _____________________________________________________________________<br />
Broadleaf Weeds<br />
_______ Broadleaf <strong>Plant</strong>ain _______ Common Chickweed<br />
128
_______ Ground Ivy<br />
_______ Henbit<br />
_______ Prostrate Knotweed _______ Prostrate Spurge<br />
_______ Wild Violet<br />
_______ Other(s)<br />
Postemergence Herbicide Applied<br />
_____ No<br />
_____ Yes<br />
Product(s):<br />
Soil Fertility Testing and <strong>Plant</strong> Pest Diagnosis:<br />
Application Date ___________________<br />
UT Soil Testing Lab<br />
Mailing Address: Shipping Address (UPS, FedEx): UT <strong>Plant</strong> Pest Diagnostic<br />
Center<br />
5201 Marchant Drive 5201 Marchant Drive Mailing Address:<br />
Nashville, TN 37211-5112 Nashville, TN 37222 5201 Marchant Drive<br />
Phone: (615) 832-5850 Nashville, TN 37211-5201<br />
Fax: (615) 832-4936 Phone: 615-835-4572<br />
Fax: 615-781-2568<br />
Notes ______________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
____________________________________________________________________________<br />
129
Time Required To Put Down 1 Inch Of Water On 1,500 Sq. Ft. Lawn<br />
For various hose diameters at 50 psi water pressure<br />
Hose ID Gals. per min. Time<br />
7/16" 7.3 2 hrs.<br />
8 min.<br />
1/2" 10.9 1 hr.<br />
26 min.<br />
5/8" 15.1 1 hr.<br />
2 min.<br />
3/4" 26.8 35 min.<br />
130
VEGETABLES<br />
131
Guide to Spring-<strong>Plant</strong>ed Cool-Season Vegetables<br />
131<br />
Vegetable Variety <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />
Time<br />
Beets Detroit Dark<br />
Red, Cylindra<br />
Mar 1 – Mar<br />
10<br />
Broccoli Emperor, Mar 1 –<br />
Green Comet, Apr. 1<br />
Premium<br />
Crop,<br />
Packman<br />
Cabbage Round green Feb 20 –<br />
type, Red Apr 1<br />
Rookie,<br />
Stonehead,<br />
Savoy King<br />
Cauliflower Snow Crown Mar 1 – Apr<br />
1<br />
Carrots Danvers, Mar 1 – Apr<br />
Nantes, Little 1<br />
Finger<br />
Seeds or<br />
plants per<br />
100’ row<br />
Space<br />
Between<br />
Rows<br />
Space<br />
Between<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />
Days to<br />
Maturity<br />
Length <strong>of</strong><br />
Harvest<br />
Season<br />
Yield per<br />
100’ Row<br />
½ oz seed 14-36 2-3 55 to 60 4 weeks 75 to 150<br />
lbs<br />
66 plants 24-36 18 60 to 70 4 weeks 50 to 100<br />
lbs<br />
66 plants 24-36 18 60-75 3 weeks 125 to 200<br />
lbs<br />
66 plants 24-36 18 55 to 65 2 weeks 50 to 100<br />
lbs<br />
¼ oz seed 14-36 2-3 75 to 85 4-6 weeks 50 to 100<br />
lbs<br />
Collards Georgia, Vates March ¼ oz seed 18-36 18 65 to 75 4-30 weeks 100 to 150<br />
lbs<br />
Kale Vates, Dwarf<br />
Blue Curled<br />
Vates<br />
February ¼ oz seed 18-36 12-15 55 to 65 4-20 weeks 100 to 150<br />
lbs<br />
Kohlrabi Grand Duke February or<br />
March<br />
¼ oz seed 14-36 3-6 40 to 50 4 weeks 50 to 75 lbs
132<br />
Lettuce,<br />
Head<br />
Buttercrunch,<br />
Iceberg<br />
February or<br />
March<br />
¼ oz seed 14-36 12-15 65 to 80 2-3 weeks 5o to 100<br />
lbs<br />
Lettuce, Salad Bowl, February to ½ oz seed 14-36 6 40 to 50 4-6 weeks 50 to 75 lbs<br />
Leaf Black Seeded<br />
Simpson, Red<br />
Sails<br />
April<br />
Mustard Savannah, February ¼ oz seed 14-36 5-10 35 to 45 3-6 weeks 75 lbs<br />
Tender green,<br />
Southern<br />
Giant Curled<br />
Onions, Evergreen February or 400 to 600 14-36 2-3 30 to 60 3 weeks 30-50 lbs<br />
Bunch bunching March sets<br />
Onions, Sweet February or 200 to 400 14-36 3-6 100 to 120 2 weeks 75 lbs<br />
Storage Sandwich,<br />
Sweet<br />
Spanish,<br />
Granex types<br />
March sets<br />
Peas, Wanda, Little Feb 1 – Mar ½ - 1 lb 12-36 2-4 65 to 70 2-3 weeks 20-30 lbs<br />
English Marvel, Green<br />
Arrow<br />
20<br />
seed<br />
Peas, Snap Sugar Snap, Feb 1 – Mar ½ - 1 lb 12-36 2-4 65 to 70 2-3 weeks 30-50 lbs<br />
Sugar Daddy,<br />
Sugar Mel<br />
20<br />
seed<br />
Potatoes, Cobbler, March 14 lbs seed 30-36 12 90 to 110 4 mos 100-120 lbs<br />
Irish Kennebec,<br />
Red Pontiac<br />
stored<br />
Radish White Icicle, Feb 15 – ½ oz seed 14-36 1-2 25-30 3 weeks 50 bunches<br />
Cherry Bell,<br />
Champion<br />
Apr 15<br />
Spinach Longstanding February 1 oz seed 14-36 3-4 40 to 50 3 weeks 25 lbs<br />
Bloomsdale,<br />
Tyee, Melody<br />
Swiss Chard Fordhook March ½ oz seed 18-36 6-8 50 to 60 4-30 weeks 75 lbs
Turnip,<br />
Greens<br />
Turnip,<br />
Roots<br />
Giant,<br />
Lucullus,<br />
Rhubarb<br />
Seven Top,<br />
All Top<br />
Purple Top<br />
White Globe,<br />
Tokyo Hybrid,<br />
Just Right,<br />
White Lady<br />
March ½ oz seed 18-36 2-4 30 to 40 Several 75 lbs<br />
weeks<br />
March ¼ oz seed 18-36 3 40 to 65 6 months 150 lbs.<br />
133
134<br />
Guide to Fall Cool-Season Vegetables<br />
Vegetable Variety <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />
Time<br />
Beans, Bush<br />
Snap<br />
Broccoli<br />
Brussel’s<br />
Sprouts<br />
Cabbage<br />
Cabbage,<br />
Chinese<br />
Contender,<br />
Blue Lake,<br />
Top Crop,<br />
Derby, Roma<br />
II, Half<br />
runners<br />
Emperor,<br />
Green<br />
Commet,<br />
Premium<br />
Crop,<br />
Packman<br />
Round green<br />
type, Red<br />
Rookie,<br />
Stonehead,<br />
Savoy King<br />
Dynasty,<br />
Michihli, Two<br />
seasons<br />
July 15-<br />
Aug. 15<br />
July 15-<br />
Aug. 15<br />
July 5 –<br />
Aug 15<br />
July 1 – July<br />
30<br />
Cauliflower Snow Crown July 15 –<br />
Aug. 15<br />
Collards Georgia, Vates July 1 –<br />
Aug. 1<br />
Seeds or<br />
plants per<br />
100’ row<br />
Space<br />
Between<br />
Rows<br />
Space<br />
Between<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />
Days to<br />
Maturity<br />
Length <strong>of</strong><br />
Harvest<br />
Season<br />
¼ lb seed 24-36 3-4 52-60 2 weeks or<br />
more<br />
Yield per<br />
100’ Row<br />
80-120 lbs<br />
66 plants 24-36 18 60 to 70 4 weeks 50-100 lbs.<br />
66 plants 24-36 18 60 to 75 3 weeks 125-200 lbs<br />
100 plants 24-36 12 40 to 50 4 weeks 200-300 lbs<br />
66 plants 24-36 18 55 to 65 2 weeks 50 to 100<br />
lbs<br />
¼ oz. seed 18-36 18 65 to 75 4-30 weeks 100 to 150<br />
lbs
135<br />
Cucumber,<br />
Pickling<br />
Cucumber,<br />
Slicing<br />
Garlic<br />
Kale<br />
Country Fair,<br />
Pickalot,<br />
Saladin,<br />
Carolina<br />
Sweet Slice,<br />
Burpless,<br />
Sweet<br />
Success,<br />
Marketmore<br />
Vates, Dwarf<br />
Blue Curled<br />
Vates<br />
July 1 –<br />
Aug. 1<br />
July 1 –<br />
Aug. 1<br />
July 1 –<br />
Sept 1<br />
Kohlrabi Grand Duke July 15 –<br />
Sept 1<br />
Lettuce,<br />
July 1 –<br />
Leaf<br />
Sept 15<br />
Mustard<br />
Potatoes,<br />
Irish<br />
Radish<br />
Spinach<br />
Salad Bowl,<br />
Black Seeded<br />
Simpson, Red<br />
Sails<br />
Savannah,<br />
Tender green,<br />
Southern<br />
Giant Curled<br />
Cobbler,<br />
Kennebec,<br />
Red Pontiac<br />
White Icicle,<br />
Cherry Bell,<br />
Champion<br />
Longstanding<br />
Bloomsdale,<br />
Tyee, Melody<br />
July 1 –<br />
Sept 1<br />
July 1 – July<br />
31<br />
Aug 1 –<br />
Sept 15<br />
Sept 10-<br />
Sept 20<br />
¼ oz. seed 72 12 50 to 55 3-6 weeks 115 to 250<br />
lbs.<br />
¼ oz. seed 72 12 50 to 65 3-6 weeks 115 to 250<br />
lbs.<br />
¼ oz. seed 18-36 12-15 55 to 65 4-20 weeks 100 to 150<br />
lbs.<br />
¼ oz. seed 14-36 3-6 40 to 50 4 weeks 50 to 75 lbs.<br />
½ oz. seed 14-36 6 40 to 50 4-6 weeks 50-75 lbs.<br />
¼ oz. seed 14-36 5-10 35-45 3-6 weeks 75-100 lbs.<br />
14 lbs seed 30-36 12 90-110 4 mos<br />
stored<br />
100-120 lbs<br />
½ oz. seed 14-36 1-2 25 to 30 3 weeks 50 bunches<br />
1 oz seed 14-36 3-4 40 to 50 3 weeks 10-30 lbs.<br />
Squash, Dixie, Butter July 15 – 1 oz seed 48-60 12-24 40 to 50 6 weeks 100-150 lbs.<br />
136
Summer<br />
Tomatoes<br />
Turnip<br />
Greens<br />
Turnip<br />
Roots<br />
Bar, Early<br />
Summer<br />
Crookneck,<br />
Zucchini types<br />
Big Boy,<br />
Betterboy,<br />
Celebrity,<br />
Long Keeper,<br />
Sweet Million,<br />
(cherry)<br />
Lemon Boy<br />
Seven Top,<br />
All Top<br />
Purple Top<br />
White Globe,<br />
Tokyo Hybrid,<br />
Just Right,<br />
White Lady<br />
Aug 15<br />
July 1 –<br />
Aug 1<br />
Aug 1 –<br />
Sept 30<br />
Aug 1 –<br />
Sept 15<br />
50 plants 48 24 70 to 80 8 weeks or<br />
more<br />
200-300 lbs<br />
½ oz seed 18-36 2-4 30 to 40 Several<br />
weeks<br />
50 to 100<br />
lbs<br />
¼ oz seed 18-36 3 40 to 65 6 months 100 to 150<br />
lbs.<br />
136<br />
137
Guide to Spring Warm-Season Vegetables<br />
137<br />
Vegetable Variety <strong>Plant</strong>ing<br />
Time<br />
Beans, Bush<br />
Snap<br />
Beans, Pole<br />
Snap<br />
Beans, Bush<br />
Lima<br />
Beans, Pole<br />
Lima<br />
Cantaloupe<br />
Corn, Sweet<br />
Contender,<br />
Blue Lake, Top<br />
Crop, Derby,<br />
Roma II, Half<br />
runners<br />
Kentucky<br />
Wonder, Blue<br />
Lake, Kentucky<br />
Blue, McCaslan<br />
Fordhook 242,<br />
Jackson<br />
Wonder,<br />
Henderson<br />
Bush, Dixie<br />
Butterpea<br />
King <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Garden, Sieva<br />
Burpee Hybrid,<br />
Gold Star,<br />
Classic, Harper<br />
Hybrid, Sweet<br />
Dream Hybrid<br />
Silver Queen,<br />
(white), Golden<br />
Queen, Merit,<br />
Bi-Queen<br />
Apr 10 –<br />
June 20<br />
Apr 10 –<br />
June 20<br />
May or<br />
June<br />
Seeds or<br />
plants per<br />
100’ row<br />
Space<br />
Between<br />
Rows<br />
Space<br />
Between<br />
<strong>Plant</strong>s<br />
Days to<br />
Maturity<br />
Length <strong>of</strong><br />
Harvest<br />
Season<br />
¼ lb seed 24-36 3-4 52 to 60 2 week or<br />
more<br />
¼ lb seed 36-48 3-4 60 to 65 5 to 6<br />
weeks<br />
Yield per<br />
100’ Row<br />
80 to 120<br />
lbs<br />
100-150 lbs<br />
½ lb seed 24-36 3-4 65 to 75 3 weeks 20 to 30 lbs<br />
shelled<br />
May or<br />
June<br />
½ lb seed 36-48 3-4 80 to 90 4 weeks 25-50 lbs<br />
May ¼ oz seed 72 24 80 to 90 3 weeks 100+<br />
melons<br />
Apr 1 –<br />
June 1<br />
¼ lb seed 36 8-12 80 to 95 7-10 days 90 to 120<br />
ears<br />
138
138<br />
Corn, Super<br />
Sweet<br />
Cucumber,<br />
Pickling<br />
Cucumber,<br />
Slicing<br />
Eggplant<br />
Okra<br />
Peas, Field<br />
Pepper,<br />
Sweet<br />
Pepper, Hot<br />
How Sweet It<br />
Is, Silverado,<br />
Honey’n’Pearl,<br />
Incredible<br />
Country Fair,<br />
Pickalot,<br />
Saladin,<br />
Carolina<br />
Sweet slice,<br />
Burpless, Sweet<br />
success,<br />
Marketmore<br />
Black Beauty,<br />
Ichiban<br />
Clemson<br />
Spineless, Lee,<br />
Blondy<br />
Mississippi<br />
Silver, Pink<br />
Eye Purple<br />
Hull, Texas<br />
Crème 40,<br />
Whipoorwill<br />
California<br />
Wonder,<br />
Gypsy, Bell<br />
Boy, Golden<br />
Summer<br />
Jalapeno,<br />
Cayenne,<br />
Hungarian Wax<br />
Apr 15 –<br />
June 1<br />
¼ lb seed 36 8-12 80 to 95 10-15 days 90 to 120<br />
ears<br />
May ¼ oz seed 72 12 50 to 55 3-6 weeks 115 to 250<br />
lbs<br />
May or<br />
June<br />
¼ oz seed 72 12 50 to 65 3-6 weeks 115 to 250<br />
lbs<br />
May 50 plants 36 24 65 to 80 2 mos or<br />
more<br />
75 to 150<br />
lbs<br />
May 5 to 1 oz seed 36 12 50 to 60 7-9 weeks 50 to 100<br />
amay 20<br />
lbs<br />
May or<br />
June<br />
May or<br />
June<br />
May or<br />
June<br />
¼ lb seed 36 4 65 to 80 3-5 weeks 30 to 40 lbs<br />
60 plants 36 18-24 55 to 80 2-3 mos 50 to 75 lbs<br />
60 plants 36 18-24 60 to 70 2-3 mos 10 to 25 lbs<br />
139
139<br />
Potato,<br />
Sweet<br />
Pumpkin<br />
Squash,<br />
Summer<br />
Squash,<br />
Winter<br />
Tomatoes<br />
Watermelon<br />
Centennial,<br />
Jewel, Porto<br />
Rico<br />
Autumn Gold,<br />
Kentuck Field,<br />
Sugar or Pie,<br />
Howden’s<br />
Field, Jack ‘O’<br />
Lantern,<br />
Wizard<br />
Dixie, Butter<br />
Bar, Early<br />
Summer<br />
Crookneck,<br />
Zucchini types<br />
Waltham, Table<br />
Queen,<br />
Butternut types<br />
Big Boy,<br />
Betterboy,<br />
Celebrity, Early<br />
Girl, Sweet<br />
Million,<br />
(cherry) Lemon<br />
Boy<br />
Dixie Queen,<br />
Jubilee,<br />
Crimson Sweet,<br />
Charleston<br />
Gray<br />
May 100 slips 36 12 110 to 120 5 mos<br />
stored<br />
May 1 oz seed 120 to 144 48 100 to 120 4 mos<br />
stored<br />
May or<br />
June<br />
May or<br />
June<br />
Apr 10 –<br />
June 10<br />
75 to 125<br />
lbs<br />
40 to 50<br />
pumpkins<br />
1 oz seed 48 -60 12-24 40-50 6 weeks 100 to 150<br />
lbs<br />
1 oz seed 72-96 24-36 90-110 4 mos<br />
stored<br />
50 plants 48 24 70-80 8 weeks or<br />
more<br />
50 to 200<br />
lbs<br />
200-300 lbs<br />
May ¼ oz seed 120-144 48 80-90 3 weeks 20-25<br />
melons<br />
140
When to Harvest Vegetables<br />
Vegetable<br />
Asparagus<br />
Beans, lima<br />
Beans, snap<br />
Beets<br />
Broccoli<br />
Cabbage<br />
Cantaloupe<br />
Carrot<br />
Cauliflower<br />
Collard<br />
Corn<br />
Cucumber<br />
Eggplant<br />
Kale<br />
Kohlrabi<br />
Lettuce<br />
Mustard<br />
Okra<br />
Onion<br />
Parsnip<br />
Peas, English<br />
Peas, snap<br />
Peas, southern<br />
Pepper, hot<br />
Pepper, sweet<br />
Potato, Irish<br />
Potato, sweet<br />
Pumpkin<br />
Radish<br />
Rutabaga<br />
Spinach<br />
Squash, summer<br />
Squash, winter<br />
Swiss chard<br />
Tomato<br />
Turnip, greens<br />
Turnip, roots<br />
Watermelon<br />
Vegetable Appearance<br />
When spears are 6 to 9 inches tall.<br />
When pods are full but seeds are green.<br />
While pods snap easily and are still smooth.<br />
1½ to 2½ inch beets have highest quality.<br />
Before flowers show yellow color.<br />
Wheat heads become firm and heavy.<br />
When melons can be lifted and the vine slips without pressure.<br />
Anytime roots are firm and brittle.<br />
Before curd loosens and discolors.<br />
When leaves are large but still green and firm.<br />
When kernel juice is milky, silk begins to dry and ears are full to<br />
end.<br />
When seeds are small, flesh is firm and color is green.<br />
Before color begins to dull.<br />
When leaves are large but before they yellow.<br />
When 2 inches or more in diameter but still tender.<br />
When tender and mild flavored. Before bolting.<br />
When leaves are crisp and tender.<br />
When pods are 1 ½ to 3 ½ inches long.<br />
For green onions: when bulb is 3/8 to 1 inch in diameter.<br />
For storing: after the tops have died down.<br />
After cool weather has improved quality<br />
After pods have filled but before they turn yellow.<br />
After pods form but before yellowing.<br />
For fresh use or freezing: When pods shell easily.<br />
After pods reach full size.<br />
When pods are full size and still firm.<br />
For immediate use; after tubers are 1 inch in diameter.<br />
For storage: after vines have died and skin has set.<br />
After reaching desired size but before cool fall rains.<br />
After they are full grown and mature colored. Before frost.<br />
When firm and brilliantly colored.<br />
Before becoming tough.<br />
When leaves are crisp and dark green.<br />
When large end is 1 to 2 ½ inches in diameter and skin is still<br />
tender.<br />
When rind is not easily scratched by fingernail.<br />
When leaves are crisp, tender and still green.<br />
When fully colored but still firm.<br />
While leaves are green and crisp.<br />
After 2 inches in diameter but while still tender.<br />
When tendrils die, rind on ground becomes yellow.<br />
140
Length <strong>of</strong> Time Vegetable Seed Can Be Expected to Retain Their Viability<br />
Years<br />
Asparagus 3<br />
Broccoli 5<br />
Bean 3<br />
Beet 4<br />
Brussels’ Sprouts 4<br />
Collards 4<br />
Cabbage 4<br />
Carrots 3<br />
Cauliflower 4<br />
Celery 5<br />
Cucumber 5<br />
Eggplant 5<br />
Endive 5<br />
Kale 4<br />
Lettuce 5<br />
Muskmelon 5<br />
Mustard 4<br />
Okra 2<br />
Onion 1<br />
Parsley 2<br />
Parsnips 1<br />
Pea 3<br />
Pepper 3<br />
Pumpkin 4<br />
Radish 4<br />
Rutabaga 4<br />
Spinach 4<br />
Squash 4<br />
Sweet Corn 1<br />
Tomato 3<br />
Turnip 4<br />
Watermelon 5<br />
The above information assumes seed is stored under cool temperatures and low humidity. Open<br />
seed packets should be immediately resealed with tape. Seed may be stored in the refrigerator in<br />
Tupperware or other containers with tight-fitting lids.<br />
Vegetable seed may also be stored in the freezer if the initial moisture content is below 14<br />
percent.<br />
Vegetable seed will deteriorate rapidly if exposed to high temperatures and humidity. Test old<br />
seed by placing a few in a moist paper towel and putting the paper towel in a closed container in<br />
a warm place for one week. The towel must remain moist at all times.<br />
141
WHEAT<br />
142
INTRODUCTION<br />
Tennessee's climate is well-suited for the production <strong>of</strong> high-quality, low-protein, s<strong>of</strong>t red winter<br />
wheat. This wheat is in demand by the flour milling industry and well-established local markets<br />
are adequate. Tennessee-produced s<strong>of</strong>t wheat is used primarily for milling general-purpose or<br />
family flours, pastry flours and cake flours. Very little <strong>of</strong> Tennessee's wheat is used for livestock<br />
feed, except as by-products <strong>of</strong> the milling industry.<br />
Winter wheat is a cool-season crop and can be grown successfully in all counties <strong>of</strong> the state.<br />
S<strong>of</strong>t red winter wheat varieties commonly grown in Tennessee have adequate winter-hardiness to<br />
survive the lowest winter temperatures that normally occur.<br />
When winter temperatures are extremely low, well-rooted wheat plants may die back to the<br />
ground, but then resume growth in the spring. Wheat sown in the late fall has a shallow root<br />
system and is more susceptible to frost heaving and winter killing than wheat sown earlier.<br />
Freeze damage to winter wheat is more serious from late freezes in the spring when the head has<br />
just emerged from the boot. All varieties are susceptible to freeze injury in the milk and s<strong>of</strong>t<br />
dough stages in the spring.<br />
The optimum moisture requirement for favorable wheat production is somewhat less than the<br />
normal rainfall in Tennessee. Wheat is tolerant <strong>of</strong> high moisture under the cool fall and spring<br />
growing seasons <strong>of</strong> Tennessee. High moisture, in combination with high temperatures, may<br />
cause the spread <strong>of</strong> diseases and reduce yield.<br />
Wheat is best adapted to well-drained, medium-to-heavy-textured soils <strong>of</strong> high natural fertility.<br />
The highest yields are generally produced on silt and clay loams, but wheat is also grown<br />
successfully on clay soils and fine sandy loams. University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee research shows that<br />
wheat grown on soils with poor internal drainage can be productive, providing they have<br />
adequate surface drainage to prevent ponding <strong>of</strong> water.<br />
VARIETY SELECTION<br />
It is wise to select a variety that has been tested and evaluated under Tennessee conditions.<br />
Consider the characteristics <strong>of</strong> each variety, then select the variety or varieties that best suit the<br />
conditions on your farm. Varieties tested in Tennessee and the varietal characteristics at all<br />
research locations can be found in the University <strong>of</strong> Tennessee Agricultural Experiment Station<br />
Research Report, "Performance <strong>of</strong> Wheat, and Barley Varieties," by Allen, et al. at<br />
http://varietytrials.tennessee.edu and utcrops.com.<br />
VARIETAL CHARACTERISTICS<br />
Maturity: Maturity can be defined in different ways. Depending on the growing season, a<br />
medium-maturity variety might be ready to harvest within two to three days <strong>of</strong> an early-maturity<br />
variety planted on the same date. An important consideration is that early varieties will joint and<br />
head earlier. Therefore, they are more susceptible to stem and head freeze in March and head<br />
freeze in April if planted too early in the fall.<br />
Seeding: Unless only a small acreage is involved, it is always a good idea to plant more than one<br />
143
variety to spread risk. <strong>Plant</strong> two to three <strong>of</strong> the top varieties for your area, depending on your<br />
acreage. Variations in pest severity and weather conditions will favor one variety over another in<br />
any given year. When trying a new variety for the first time, you should usually plant the<br />
majority <strong>of</strong> your acreage in a proven performer.<br />
Certified Seed: Use <strong>of</strong> certified seed provides a level <strong>of</strong> insurance against poor germination and<br />
introduction <strong>of</strong> weed seeds.<br />
Seedbed Preparation: Wheat requires a firm seedbed with enough loose soil to cover the seed<br />
to a depth <strong>of</strong> 1 to 1.5 inches. Disking to a depth <strong>of</strong> 2 to 4 inches is usually all that is necessary in<br />
preparing a seedbed for wheat where it follows corn, soybeans, grain sorghum or other row<br />
crops. When it is necessary to plow, the land should be plowed far enough in advance <strong>of</strong> seeding<br />
to allow for development <strong>of</strong> a firm seedbed with conventional practices. Where erosion is a<br />
problem with conventional seedbed preparation, wheat can be planted no-till with excellent<br />
results. A preplant burndown herbicide should always be applied prior to planting when weeds<br />
are present.<br />
SEEDING DATES AND RATES<br />
Dates: For best winter survival and top grain yield, plant wheat from October 15 to November<br />
10. Do not plant wheat until after the fly-free date <strong>of</strong> October 15. Wheat should be planted<br />
early enough for young plants to become well-rooted and develop 3 to 4 inches <strong>of</strong> top growth<br />
before going into the winter (December 21 st ). Research indicates that planting during the latter<br />
half <strong>of</strong> the recommended planting period or planting treated seed (systemic insecticide) reduces<br />
the incidence <strong>of</strong> barley yellow dwarf by avoiding or controlling aphids that transmit the virus to<br />
wheat. In most Tennessee fields, an insecticide seed treatment will at least pay for itself by<br />
controlling early-season aphid populations.<br />
Rates: Wheat seeding rates vary from 1.5 to 2.0 bushels per acre depending upon the condition<br />
<strong>of</strong> the seedbed, time <strong>of</strong> seeding, quality <strong>of</strong> seed and method <strong>of</strong> seeding. A seeding rate <strong>of</strong> 2<br />
bushels per acre should generally be used. Increase the rate to 2.0 to 3.0 bushels per acre (1) if<br />
seed are broadcast, or (2) when seeding is delayed until November 1 st . Ideally, you want to end<br />
up with 1.3 to 1.5 million plants per acre. This seeding rate can be calculated by dividing the<br />
desired population by the percent germination printed on the bag to obtain how many seed need<br />
to be sown. Then divide by the number <strong>of</strong> seeds per pound to get the number <strong>of</strong> pounds <strong>of</strong> seed<br />
needed per acre; then divide the number <strong>of</strong> pounds per acre by 60 pounds (number <strong>of</strong> pounds <strong>of</strong><br />
wheat seed per bushel) to get the number <strong>of</strong> bushels per acre needed.<br />
Example:<br />
Desired population 1,300,000 (1.3 million) plants per acre.<br />
Seed germination percentage = 85 percent<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> seed per pound = 12,000<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> pounds per bushel = 60<br />
1,300,000 ÷ 0.85 ÷ 12,000 = 127 lbs seed per acre<br />
127 lbs seed per acre ÷ 60 lbs per bushel = 2.12 bushel per acre<br />
144
Table 1. Wheat Seeding Dates and Rates (also for barley or rye).<br />
Use* Seeding Rate Seeding Date/Method<br />
For grain or spring<br />
grazing<br />
1.5 – 2.5 bu.<br />
1.5 – 2.5 bu.<br />
2-3 bu.<br />
October 15-November 10<br />
no-till drilled<br />
October 15-November 10<br />
conventional<br />
October 15-November 10<br />
Over-seeded, no-tillage<br />
For winter cover<br />
1-1.5 bu.<br />
1-1.5 bu.<br />
1-1.5 bu.<br />
September 15-November 10<br />
no-till drilled<br />
September 15-November 10<br />
Over-seeded, no-tillage<br />
September 15-October 20<br />
Conventional<br />
For cover, wildlife<br />
enhancement or fall grazing<br />
2-3 bu. August 15-October 1<br />
Over-seeded<br />
*Use higher seeding rate if seeding under adverse conditions. Increase seeding rate by 50 percent if<br />
using bin-run seed.<br />
Method and Depth: Sowing wheat with a drill instead <strong>of</strong> broadcasting insures a more uniform<br />
depth <strong>of</strong> covering, higher germination, less winter injury and generally higher yields. Drill or<br />
cover wheat to a depth <strong>of</strong> 1 to 1.5 inches when adequate moisture is available. When soil is dry, a<br />
slightly greater depth is advisable, but should not exceed 2 inches.<br />
Broadcast Seeding: The two most important aspects to consider when broadcast-seeding wheat<br />
are to insure that adequate seeding rates are used and that good seed-to-soil contact is<br />
established. To accomplish these goals, 2 to 3 bushel <strong>of</strong> seed should be broadcast uniformly and<br />
incorporated by a shallow pass with a “do-all” or similar equipment. Seed that are broadcast and<br />
left lying on the soil surface are subject to animal predation, poor germination and frost heaving.<br />
All will lead to a loss <strong>of</strong> stand.<br />
GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT<br />
Successful wheat management requires understanding <strong>of</strong> how the wheat plant grows and<br />
develops. You should make management decisions and apply inputs, such as nitrogen,<br />
fungicides, herbicides and insecticides, at the proper stages <strong>of</strong> growth, not according to calendar<br />
dates. Wheat (like any other crop) responds best to inputs at certain stages <strong>of</strong> development. You<br />
can maximize potential effectiveness <strong>of</strong> an input and optimize production and pr<strong>of</strong>it by knowing<br />
wheat growth stages and observing plant development. The most popular system <strong>of</strong> identifying<br />
wheat growth stages is the Feekes scale (Table 2). The Feekes scale goes from 1.0 (just after<br />
emergence) to 11.4 (ripe for harvest).<br />
145
Table 2. Description <strong>of</strong> Feeke’s Scale <strong>of</strong> Wheat Development.<br />
Feeke’s<br />
Stage Scale<br />
Description<br />
Tillering 1 One shoot (number <strong>of</strong> leaves can be added), first leaf through coleoptile.<br />
2 Beginning <strong>of</strong> tillering; main shoot and one tiller.<br />
3 Tillers formed; leaves <strong>of</strong>ten twisted spirally. Main shoot and six tillers. In<br />
some varieties <strong>of</strong> winter wheat, plant may be “creeping,” or prostrate.<br />
4 Beginning <strong>of</strong> the erection <strong>of</strong> the pseudo-stem; leaf sheaths beginning to<br />
lengthen.<br />
5 Pseudo-stem (formed by sheaths <strong>of</strong> leaves) strongly erected.<br />
Stem 6 First node <strong>of</strong> stem visible at base <strong>of</strong> shoot.<br />
Extension 7 Second node <strong>of</strong> stem formed; next-to-last leaf just visible.<br />
8 Flag leaf (last leaf) visible gut still rolled up; ear beginning to swell.<br />
9 Ligule <strong>of</strong> flag leaf just visible.<br />
10 Sheath <strong>of</strong> flag leaf completely grown out; ear swollen but not yet visible.<br />
Heading 10.1 First spikelet <strong>of</strong> head just visible.<br />
10.2 One-quarter <strong>of</strong> heading process completed.<br />
10.3 Half <strong>of</strong> heading process completed.<br />
10.4 Three-quarters <strong>of</strong> heading process completed.<br />
10.5 All heads out <strong>of</strong> sheath.<br />
Flowering 10.51 Beginning <strong>of</strong> flowering.<br />
10.52 Flowering complete to top <strong>of</strong> head.<br />
10.53 Flowering completed a base <strong>of</strong> head.<br />
10.54 Flowering completed; kernel watery ripe.<br />
Ripening 11.1 Milky ripe.<br />
11.2 Mealy ripe; contents <strong>of</strong> kernel s<strong>of</strong>t but dry. S<strong>of</strong>t dough.<br />
11.3 Kernel hard (difficult to divide with thumbnail).<br />
11.4 Ripe for cutting. Straw dead.<br />
FERTILIZATION<br />
Apply lime and fertilizer based on soil test recommendations. If lime is needed, it should be<br />
applied before seeding. All the phosphate and potash can be applied immediately before or at<br />
planting (Table 3). When double-cropping wheat with grain sorghum or soybeans, the<br />
fertilizer should be applied to the soil with the total amount <strong>of</strong> phosphate and potash<br />
needed for both crops prior to planting wheat. Apply 15 to 30 pounds <strong>of</strong> nitrogen at seeding<br />
time to stimulate vigorous plant growth. Apply 30 to 60 pounds <strong>of</strong> nitrogen as a top-dressing<br />
February 15-March 30. Use the earlier date if the wheat stand is thin to encourage more tillering.<br />
All the nitrogen should be applied before wheat begins to joint. Research has shown no<br />
difference in source <strong>of</strong> nitrogen (ammonium nitrate, urea or liquid nitrogen) when applied<br />
according to recommendations. Total economical nitrogen needs for a wheat crop grown in<br />
Tennessee should be between 45 to 90 lbs. per acre.<br />
Consider split-applying the top-dress nitrogen application when wheat is planted after November<br />
15 or when there is an average <strong>of</strong> less than four tillers per plant in early January.<br />
146
Table 3. Wheat Fertility Recommendations.<br />
Soil test level Wheat alone Wheat with double-crop beans<br />
P(P 2 O 5 ) K(K 2 O) P(P 2 O 5 ) K(K 2 O)<br />
Low 80 40 90 120<br />
Medium 40 20 60 60<br />
High 0 0 0 0<br />
Very High 0 0 0 0<br />
*Nitrogen should be applied from 45 to 90 lbs per acre.<br />
HIGH-INPUT PRODUCTION SYSTEMS<br />
Some wheat production systems look to maximize yield potential by utilizing crop protection<br />
chemical and fertilizer inputs at increased rates when compared to UT Extension<br />
recommendations. UT Extension recommendations attempt to maximize economic returns for<br />
wheat producers by only applying inputs that have been proven to provide economic returns over<br />
multiple years <strong>of</strong> research. UT Extension recommendations are based on using sustainable<br />
practices including proper scouting with Integrated Pest Management (IPM) programs, soil<br />
testing and reasonable yield goals. UT Extension discourages the use <strong>of</strong> any management system<br />
that requires inputs based on calendar dates without appropriate scouting or testing procedures.<br />
While high-input systems are attractive when high yields are realized, producers need to evaluate<br />
how much monetary risk they are willing to take in their management budget. The most<br />
important decision you make with either a high-input or traditional production system is to stick<br />
to your original plan. Using a traditional system and attempting to increase nitrogen fertility will<br />
usually result in lodging. Likewise, starting with a high-input system and deciding late in the<br />
season to abandon your plan will result in losing the previously applied inputs. Choose a system<br />
that fits your production needs and manage the crop accordingly.<br />
WEED CONTROL<br />
Weed control in wheat should be successfully accomplished before the onset <strong>of</strong> winter<br />
(December 21 st ) to maximize yield potential and prevent less than acceptable control when<br />
temperatures are cold, or when weeds become too large.<br />
Wild garlic (commonly called wild onion), annual ryegrass, cheat and henbit are major weed<br />
problems in Tennessee wheat fields. Wild garlic infestations may cause considerable dockage at<br />
harvest. Annual ryegrass and cheat compete with wheat for light, nutrients and water and will<br />
reduce wheat yield. Weeds that infest wheat may delay harvest in the spring. Thus, an effective<br />
weed management program should be used for producing optimum wheat yields.<br />
Good production practices aid in the control <strong>of</strong> weeds. Using weed-free seed, proper seeding<br />
rate, proper seedbed preparation and controlling weeds in the previous rotational crop will assist<br />
in effective weed control. Where herbicides are used, timeliness <strong>of</strong> application is critical to<br />
success. Always read and follow label directions. Adhere to wheat growth-stage<br />
recommendations when applying herbicides.<br />
147
Cheat: can become a serious weed problem in many wheat fields. In fields with heavy cheat<br />
pressure, Sencor 75DF can be used. Use <strong>of</strong> Sencor may result in injury to some wheat varieties.<br />
The degree <strong>of</strong> injury is related to variety, growth stage at application and health <strong>of</strong> the wheat<br />
plants. UT research has found that most popular wheat varieties are tolerant to Sencor. A<br />
management program for cheat should include the following:<br />
1. Start with a weed-free seedbed either by using a burndown herbicide or tillage<br />
2. Crop tolerance is dependent upon a good root system and a healthy wheat plant<br />
prior to and at time <strong>of</strong> application.<br />
3. Apply 0.33 lb. to 0.67 lb. <strong>of</strong> Sencor 75DF per acre, depending on soil type, after<br />
wheat plants have developed 3 to 4 tillers and at least 4 secondary roots, 2 inches<br />
long.<br />
4. Do not apply Sencor to wheat that has begun to joint.<br />
Ryegrass is a problem for many wheat producers. Ryegrass will reduce yields and cause delays<br />
at harvest. Hoelon 3EC (u)* was the standard for preemergence or postemergence control <strong>of</strong><br />
annual ryegrass in fall-planted wheat. Most populations <strong>of</strong> ryegrass in Tennessee are not resistant<br />
to Hoelon. However, broader-spectrum grass weed control can be expected by using Axial or<br />
Osprey herbicides for control <strong>of</strong> annual ryegrass. Only one application <strong>of</strong> Hoelon should be<br />
made per season. Apply in at least 10 gallons <strong>of</strong> water per acre by ground or 5 gallons <strong>of</strong> water<br />
per acre by air. Postemergence application should be made prior to wheat jointing.<br />
Wild Garlic (commonly called wild onion) is a major weed problem in Tennessee wheat fields.<br />
To obtain the best control <strong>of</strong> wild garlic and the least amount <strong>of</strong> injury to the wheat crop, the<br />
following procedure should be followed:<br />
1. Apply 0.45 to 0.90 ounces Harmony Extra Total Sol per acre.<br />
2. Apply at least 15 gallons spray volume per acre to ensure coverage. Note: thorough<br />
coverage is essential for control.<br />
3. Add nonionic surfactant (80 percent active or greater) at a rate <strong>of</strong> 1 quart per 100<br />
gallons <strong>of</strong> water. Liquid nitrogen fertilizer may be used as a spray carrier for<br />
Harmony Extra Total Sol. Surfactant must be included (1 to 2 pints per 100 gallons <strong>of</strong><br />
spray solution). Wheat plants may exhibit temporary yellowing or stunting when<br />
sprayed with the liquid nitrogen.<br />
4. Apply when wild garlic plants are less than 12 inches tall, with 2 to 4 inches <strong>of</strong> new<br />
growth. New growth is essential for control. The new growth on garlic can be<br />
observed at the base <strong>of</strong> the garlic plant.<br />
5. Apply when daytime temperatures <strong>of</strong> at least 60 F are expected for three or more<br />
days. Adequate soil moisture before, during and immediately after application will<br />
improve control.<br />
Harvest wheat early, prior to excessive lodging, to remove as few aerial bulblets with<br />
the combine as possible.<br />
Vetch problems in Tennessee wheat fields continue to increase each year. Harmony Extra Total<br />
Sol will give fair to good control <strong>of</strong> vetch. However, vetch is usually too big for good control<br />
with Harmony Extra Total Sol if treatment is delayed until most growers are treating for wild<br />
garlic. For improved vetch control, 2,4-D (0.5 pint per acre <strong>of</strong> a 4 lb. per gallon formulation) may<br />
be tank mixed with Harmony Extra Total Sol. Remember that 2,4-D has a more restrictive wheat<br />
growth stage limitation. Apply 2,4-D or Harmony Extra Total Sol plus 2,4-D on well-tillered<br />
148
wheat, prior to jointing.<br />
Wild Mustard, Turnips, Mayweed and Cornflower: Harmony Extra Total Sol or 2,4-D will<br />
give good to excellent control <strong>of</strong> wild mustard and turnips. Mayweed must be controlled with<br />
Harmony Extra Total Sol. Harmony Extra Total Sol is weak on cornflower (also called<br />
bachelor's button). To get good control <strong>of</strong> this weed, apply 2,4-D or Clarity with Harmony Extra<br />
Total Sol.<br />
INSECT CONTROL<br />
Many farmers in Tennessee use wheat as a double-crop with soybeans. As with any crop, wheat<br />
has several insect pests that may reduce yields if not effectively controlled in the field. Yields<br />
can be improved if more producers take time to inspect their fields during the growing season for<br />
insect pests. This publication is designed to acquaint the producer with the major insect pests <strong>of</strong><br />
wheat, the damage they cause and measures used to control the pests.<br />
Aphids: Several aphids feed on the leaves and grain heads <strong>of</strong> wheat. These pests are significant<br />
in that they are capable <strong>of</strong> transmitting diseases to the plant such as barley yellow dwarf virus in<br />
addition to the damage inflicted by their feeding habits.<br />
Oat-Bird Cherry Aphid is dark green and is responsible for transmission <strong>of</strong> the barley<br />
yellow dwarf virus. This is usually the most common aphid observed in wheat.<br />
Corn Leaf Aphid is bluish-green and all <strong>of</strong> the legs, cornicles and antennae are black. The<br />
cornicles differ from the English grain aphid by being short and broad.<br />
Greenbug is a pale green, sometimes having a dark green stripe down the back <strong>of</strong> the<br />
wingless forms. The tips <strong>of</strong> the legs and cornicles are black, and the antennae are mostly<br />
black.<br />
Rice Root Aphid occurs on the roots <strong>of</strong> wheat and has been known to transmit barley yellow<br />
dwarf virus.<br />
Armyworms: Armyworms can be serious pests <strong>of</strong> wheat when populations reach large numbers.<br />
Armyworms get their name from their migrating habit, as they sometimes start at one portion <strong>of</strong><br />
the field and devour everything in their path.<br />
True Armyworm: Damaging infestations <strong>of</strong> true armyworm normally occur in the spring.<br />
Mature larvae are smooth, almost without any hairs, greenish-brown to reddish-brown, with<br />
a dark stripe along each side. A broad dorsal stripe runs down the length <strong>of</strong> the back. This<br />
species differs from the fall armyworm by having a dark lateral band on the outer portion <strong>of</strong><br />
each proleg. Besides feeding on foliage, larvae will sometimes cut the heads <strong>of</strong> maturing<br />
wheat plants.<br />
Fall Armyworm: As the name implies, the fall armyworm is normally a pest <strong>of</strong> early<br />
planting, seedling wheat in the fall. These insects can completely defoliate a wheat field<br />
when populations are very large. This insect differs from the true armyworm by having a<br />
prominent inverted Y on the front <strong>of</strong> the head and no dark bands on the outer portion <strong>of</strong> the<br />
prolegs.<br />
149
Hessian Fly: These small insects have been responsible for tremendous wheat losses in the past.<br />
Hessian fly larvae feed on stems at the base <strong>of</strong> plants, hidden behind the leaf sheaths. Larvae are<br />
reddish at first emergence and turn white or greenish white; they are shiny and without legs.<br />
Larvae are legless, resembling small grains <strong>of</strong> rice, and are approximately ¼ inch long when full<br />
grown. The pupae, or flax seed stage, are brown but otherwise similar to the larvae. Tennessee<br />
typically does not have significant problems with this pest. However, early-planted wheat is<br />
susceptible to infestation. <strong>Plant</strong>ing after October 15 (i.e., the “fly-free date”) will greatly reduce<br />
the likelihood <strong>of</strong> serious Hessian fly infestations. Also, avoid planting wheat as a cover crop<br />
prior to the fly-free date. Volunteer wheat is a good fall host for this pest, and any volunteer<br />
wheat should be destroyed before September. Plowing under wheat stubble after harvest may<br />
help reduce subsequent infestations in the fall. Although some varieties are available with<br />
resistance to Hessian flies, there are no varieties with adequate resistance to the fly biotype most<br />
common in Tennessee (Biotype L).<br />
Cereal Leaf Beetle: The cereal leaf beetle is a pest <strong>of</strong> wheat, oats, barley and other cereal crops.<br />
It has been found in most all counties in Tennessee. The larvae are pale yellow and s<strong>of</strong>t-bodied.<br />
The larvae glue pieces <strong>of</strong> fecal material to their backs as camouflage. Adults are shiny, black<br />
beetles with red legs and thorax and are approximately 3/16 inch long. Feeding by adults and<br />
larvae skeletonizes the leaf tissue between the veins. Check 10 plants per sample site for larvae<br />
and adults, which are present from April through June.<br />
SUGGESTED ECONOMIC THRESHOLDS<br />
Corn Leaf, Oat-Bird Cherry and Rice Root Aphid: No thresholds have been established in<br />
Tennessee. Treatment should be considered when heavy populations are causing leaves to dry up<br />
and die in several portions <strong>of</strong> the field. An insecticidal seed treatment such as Gaucho or Cruiser<br />
can be used to reduce transmission <strong>of</strong> barley yellow dwarf virus. Data suggest that early-planted<br />
wheat is most likely to benefit from use <strong>of</strong> a seed treatment. Foliar insecticide applications in the<br />
fall can also reduce transmission <strong>of</strong> barley yellow dwarf virus, but they must be applied before<br />
aphid populations are already established in the field.<br />
Greenbug: This aphid injects a toxin while feeding. Treatment should be made when aphids are<br />
killing three or more leaves per plant. For wheat less than 6 inches tall, treatment should also be<br />
considered if greenbugs number 50 or more per linear foot. Treatment should also be made if<br />
greenbugs number 200 or more per foot in wheat 6-10 inches tall.<br />
Armyworms: Treatment for fall armyworm should be considered when four or more larvae are<br />
present per square foot (16 per 4 square feet). For true armyworm, use a threshold <strong>of</strong> 6-8 larvae<br />
per square foot if wheat is still in the milk stage. Once past the milk stage, wheat can tolerate<br />
higher populations, and treatment is not usually recommended unless larvae are cutting wheat<br />
heads.<br />
Hessian Fly: Foliar applied insecticides are difficult to time and only marginally effective. <strong>Plant</strong><br />
after the fly-free date and use resistant varieties if they are available. Resistant varieties may help<br />
suppress Hessian fly populations, although no varieties provide adequate resistance to Biotype L.<br />
Cereal Leaf Beetle – Treatment is necessary if one larva and/or adult is present per stem.<br />
150
Table 4. Recommended Chemical Controls for Wheat Insects.<br />
Insect Insecticide (Trade Names) Rate/Acre<br />
Aphids<br />
Seed Treatments<br />
imidacloprid (Gaucho 600)<br />
0.8 - 2.4 oz per 100 lb seed<br />
thiamethoxam (Cruiser 5)<br />
0.75 - 1.33 oz per 100 lb seed<br />
Foliar Treatments<br />
dimethoate 4*<br />
8 - 12 oz<br />
methomyl (Lannate LV 2.4)*<br />
¾ - 1½ pt<br />
methyl parathion 4*<br />
½ - 1½ pt<br />
β-cyfluthrin (Baythroid XL 1)<br />
1.8 - 2.4 oz<br />
γ-cyhalothrin (Prolex 1.25)<br />
1.54 oz<br />
λ-cyhalothrin (Karate 2.08)<br />
1.28 - 1.92 oz<br />
Z-cypermethrin (Mustang Max 0.8) 3.2 - 4.0 oz<br />
Armyworms (True & Fall) carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus 4) 1 - 1½ qt<br />
methyl parathion 4*<br />
1½ pt<br />
methomyl (Lannate LV 2.4)*<br />
¾ - 1½ pt<br />
spinosad (Tracer 4)<br />
1.5 - 3 oz<br />
β-cyfluthrin (Baythroid XL 1)<br />
1.8 - 2.4 oz<br />
γ-cyhalothrin (Prolex 1.25)<br />
1.02 - 1.54 oz<br />
λ-cyhalothrin (Karate 2.08)<br />
1.28 - 1.92 oz<br />
Z-cypermethrin (Mustang Max 0.8) 3.2 - 4.0 oz<br />
Cereal Leaf Beetle carbaryl (Sevin XLR Plus 4) 1 qt<br />
methomyl (Lannate LV, 2.4)*<br />
¾ - 1½ pt<br />
spinosad (Tracer 4)<br />
1 - 3 oz<br />
β-cyfluthrin (Baythroid XL 1)<br />
1.0 - 1.8 oz<br />
γ-cyhalothrin (Prolex 1.25)<br />
1.02 - 1.54 oz<br />
λ-cyhalothrin (Karate 2.08)<br />
1.28 - 1.92 oz<br />
Z-cypermethrin (Mustang Max 0.8) 1.76 - 4.0 oz<br />
* Use extra caution when handling these insecticides.<br />
WHEAT DISEASES<br />
Disease pressure can develop any time environmental conditions are favorable for disease<br />
development. Diseases that occur frequently in Tennessee are barley yellow dwarf, leaf rust,<br />
powdery mildew, Septoria glume and leaf blotch.<br />
Glume blotch is most consistent in its ability to reduce yields year after year. Leaf rust and<br />
powdery mildew only cause damage in certain years when environmental conditions are<br />
favorable for these diseases.<br />
Barley Yellow Dwarf: In the past, this virus disease has received little attention in wheat, but it<br />
is becoming a limiting factor to production in some areas. The light green to yellowish and<br />
sometimes reddish foliage and stunting induced by the virus are similar to the symptoms<br />
151
attributed to non-parasitic factors such as nutrient deficiencies and poorly-drained soil. The virus<br />
is transmitted from plant to plant by several species <strong>of</strong> aphids which feed on wheat. Some degree<br />
<strong>of</strong> control <strong>of</strong> barley yellow dwarf can be obtained by planting late in the fall, but early enough to<br />
provide an adequate root system that will withstand low winter temperatures. Aphid vector<br />
control with seed-applied insecticides has been found to be effective in controlling this virus<br />
disease.<br />
Leaf Rust: Puccinia recondita f. sp. tritici − Rust appears as small, round or oblong raised<br />
orange-red pustules, mainly on the upper surface <strong>of</strong> the leaves. Leaf rust, when severe, reduces<br />
both grain yield and test weight. It is transmitted by wind-borne fungus spores. Foliar fungicides<br />
are effective in controlling leaf rust.<br />
Powdery Mildew: Erysiphe graminis f. sp. tritici<br />
Diseased plants are usually found in the spring in moist areas <strong>of</strong> fields where the growth is rank.<br />
Powdery mildew is very noticeable on the leaves as a white-powdery mass that <strong>of</strong>ten covers the<br />
entire blade. Later, the affected leaves turn yellow and die prematurely. Heavy attacks <strong>of</strong><br />
powdery mildew cause plants to lodge and kernels to shrivel. Foliar fungicides are effective in<br />
controlling powdery mildew.<br />
Glume Blotch: Stagonospora (Septoria) nodorum − Glume blotch may first be noticeable on<br />
the lower leaves as small oblong lesions that are light brown with dark borders. After heading,<br />
the fungus moves to the head. First indication <strong>of</strong> infestation is the brown discoloration <strong>of</strong> the<br />
glume (chaff). As the grain matures, the glume takes on a black peppery appearance which is due<br />
to spores (pycnidia) <strong>of</strong> the fungus.<br />
Infection <strong>of</strong> the leaves can be serious and severe attacks on the head can significantly reduce<br />
yield and grain quality. Glume blotch is primarily a warm-weather disease. Both glume and leaf<br />
blotch fungus spores live through the summer in crop residue. General control measures include<br />
plowing under crop residue immediately after harvest (unless using no-till practices), allowing at<br />
least one year between wheat crop and use <strong>of</strong> foliar fungicides.<br />
Leaf Blotch: Septoria tritici − Leaf blotch is more noticeable early in the spring, when it appears<br />
as irregular reddish-brown spots scattered over the leaf blade. The spots, <strong>of</strong>ten with ashen white<br />
centers, contain many black specks. Lesions tend to be restricted laterally and assume parallel<br />
sides. The damage caused to portions <strong>of</strong> the leaf can reduce yields. Leaf blotch also damages the<br />
seedling and tillers.<br />
Tan Spot: Pyrenophora tritici-repentis – Tan spots develop on both upper and lower leaf<br />
surfaces. The spots start out as brown or tan (delete colored) flecks, expanding into lens-shaped<br />
blotches from 1/8-3/4 inch long, <strong>of</strong>ten with yellow borders. Later these lesions may coalesce and<br />
become dark brown at their center containing conidia (spores) <strong>of</strong> the fungus. Dark pseudothecia<br />
<strong>of</strong> the fungus appear as dark, raised specks on mature wheat straw. Foliar fungicides are effective<br />
in controlling tan spot.<br />
Loose Smut: Ustilago tritici − Loose smut is easily recognized as soon as the affected heads<br />
emerge from the boot. Smut-infected heads appear earlier than normal ones and a loose, darkcolored<br />
spore mass replaces the seed in the head. Spores are washed and blown away by rain and<br />
152
wind, and by harvest, nothing remains <strong>of</strong> the head except a bare spike. Loose smut may reduce<br />
the yield but does not affect grain quality.<br />
The disease is seed-borne within the wheat kernel and may be controlled by treating the seed<br />
before planting with various fungicides.<br />
Head Blight or Scab: Fusarium spp. − Head blight, also called pink mold, white heads or<br />
tombstone scab, is manifested by the premature death or blighting <strong>of</strong> spikelets <strong>of</strong> the head. The<br />
disease appears on all small grain crops and is especially important in humid regions. Prolonged<br />
rainy spells during the blooming stage <strong>of</strong> the wheat will enhance conditions for infection.<br />
Significant yield losses result from floret sterility and poor seed filling.<br />
Grain from head-blighted fields is less palatable to livestock and sometimes contains sufficient<br />
mycotoxins to induce muscle spasms and vomiting in humans and certain non-ruminant animals.<br />
The toxins apparently remain stable for years in stored grain. Bread made from scabby wheat has<br />
been described as intoxicating. Control with crop rotation and fungicides are only slightly<br />
effective.<br />
Take-All: Gaeumannomyces graminis var tritici. − The term "Take-All" originated in Australia<br />
more than 100 years ago and referred to a severe seedling blight disease. Today, Take-All is best<br />
recognized as a root and shoot disease <strong>of</strong> winter wheat that interrupts plant development and<br />
seriously suppresses yield.<br />
Take-All is most obvious near heading on plants grown in moist soil. Diseased crops appear<br />
uneven in height and irregular in maturity. Severely diseased plants easily break free at the<br />
crown when pulled from the soil.<br />
Infested plants are stunted, mildly chlorotic, have few tillers and ripen prematurely. The heads<br />
are bleached (white heads) and sterile. Roots are blackened and brittle from fungal invasion. A<br />
black-brown dry rot extends to the crown and basal stem. Control by crop rotation and other<br />
cultural practices is not very effective. Foliar fungicides are not effective in controlling this<br />
disease.<br />
*A complete description <strong>of</strong> all wheat disease can be found in “Compendium <strong>of</strong> Wheat Diseases<br />
(2 nd edition), sold by The American Phytopathological Society.<br />
153
WHEAT FOLIAR FUNGICIDE POINT SYSTEM<br />
This point system should be used only as a guide to determine the need for application <strong>of</strong> foliar<br />
fungicides. It does not guarantee an economical return. If a "zero" is indicated in category # 1 or<br />
3, then the field should not be sprayed.<br />
I. Yield Potential (5-7 days before first spray) Points<br />
1. 40 b./A or above = 150<br />
2. 30-39 b/A. = 50<br />
3. Below 30 b/A. = 0 I.<br />
II. Cropping History<br />
1. Wheat in field last year = 100<br />
2. Wheat in field two years ago = 50<br />
3. First time in wheat three years or longer = 25 II.<br />
III. Fertility (total Nitrogen)<br />
1. Applied 90-120 lbs. <strong>of</strong> Nitrogen/A. = 100<br />
2. Applied only 60-90 lbs. <strong>of</strong> Nitrogen/A. = 50<br />
3. Applied no nitrogen = 0 III.<br />
IV. Seeding rate (assuming 80% plus germination)<br />
1. <strong>Plant</strong>ed 2 or more b./A. = 75<br />
2. <strong>Plant</strong>ed 1.5-2.0 b./A. = 50<br />
3. <strong>Plant</strong>ed less than 1.5 b./A. = 25 IV.<br />
V. Disease at application time (stage F10.3).<br />
1. Severe (disease starting on flag leaf) = 100<br />
2. Moderate (bottom & middle leaves diseased) = 75<br />
3. Light (disease found on lower leaves) = 50<br />
4. No foliar disease present = 25 V.<br />
VI. Seasonal rainfall prior to first application<br />
1. Above normal = 100<br />
2. Normal = 75<br />
3. Below normal = 25 VI.<br />
VII. Traditional Disease Pressure<br />
1. Heavy = 125<br />
2. Moderate = 75<br />
3. Light = 25 VII.<br />
Total Points _________<br />
After inspection <strong>of</strong> each field (boot stage), producers should total the number <strong>of</strong> points to<br />
determine the probability <strong>of</strong> a yield increase<br />
Total Field Points Chances <strong>of</strong> Yield Increase<br />
750-1000 Excellent<br />
500-749 Fair<br />
Below 500<br />
Poor<br />
154
Stage <strong>of</strong> Growth to Apply Foliar Fungicides: Close attention must be paid to the stage <strong>of</strong><br />
growth to obtain maximum benefit from foliar fungicides. If the application is made too late,<br />
then infection could have already occurred. If application is made too early, the flag leaf and<br />
head will not be protected. Unless powdery mildew or a rust disease is threatening the flag leaf,<br />
the best time to apply a foliar fungicide is a Feeke’s scale 10.3 (when one-half <strong>of</strong> the head has<br />
emerged).<br />
Each application must be made in at least 5 gallons <strong>of</strong> water per acre by airplane or at least 20<br />
gallons <strong>of</strong> water per acre with ground rigs. Always use a spreader-binder that is labeled for<br />
fungicides with either application method.<br />
Table 5. Foliar Fungicides for Use in Wheat.<br />
Chemical<br />
Name<br />
Trade Name Formulation Rate/A per<br />
Application<br />
Diseases Best<br />
Controlled<br />
Pyraclostrobin<br />
Headline<br />
(BASF)<br />
23.6 % EC 6 to 9 fl oz Glume blotch and<br />
Septoria leaf spot,<br />
rust diseases, Tan<br />
spot (change , to .)<br />
Propiconazole<br />
Azoxystrobin<br />
Propiconazole<br />
Azoxystrobin +<br />
Propiconazole<br />
Propiconazole +<br />
Trifloxystrobin<br />
PropiMax<br />
(Dow)<br />
Quadris<br />
(Syngenta)<br />
Tilt 3.6<br />
(Syngenta)<br />
Quilt<br />
(Syngenta)<br />
Stratego<br />
(Bayer)<br />
41.8 % EC 4 fl oz Rust diseases,<br />
powdery mildew, leaf<br />
blight and glume<br />
blotch and tan spot<br />
(add .)<br />
22.9 % F<br />
4- 12 fl oz<br />
(general use:<br />
6-9 fl oz)<br />
Glume blotch and<br />
leaf blight, rust<br />
diseases, tan spot<br />
(add .)<br />
41.8% EC 4 ozs. Rust, Glume Blotch,<br />
rust diseases,<br />
powdery mildew,<br />
glume blotch and leaf<br />
blight.<br />
7 % +<br />
11.7 % F<br />
11.4 % +<br />
11.4 %<br />
10.5 to 14 fl<br />
oz<br />
10.0 fl oz<br />
Rust diseases,<br />
powdery mildew,<br />
glume blotch and leaf<br />
blight, tan spot.<br />
Glume blotch and<br />
leaf blight, powdery<br />
mildew, rust diseases,<br />
tan spot.<br />
155
HARVESTING AND STORING<br />
Wheat is ripe and dry enough for satisfactory combine harvest when the moisture content <strong>of</strong> the<br />
grain reaches 14 percent or less. Wheat must be 13.5 percent moisture or less to be marketed<br />
without a price discount. The discount on wheat at 14 percent is approximately 1 percent <strong>of</strong> the<br />
market value. The moisture discount is progressively greater for each .5 percent increase above<br />
13.5 percent.<br />
For safe storage, the moisture content <strong>of</strong> wheat for grain should not be more than 13 percent. The<br />
wheat should also be free <strong>of</strong> green foreign material. The moisture content <strong>of</strong> seed wheat in<br />
storage should be 12 percent or less to maintain high viability and vigor. Ripe grain should be<br />
combined as soon as possible, because alternate wetting and drying <strong>of</strong> the grain results in<br />
reduced test weight.<br />
156